instagram

#022 – Community Building Online and Offline with Asia Croson

Online communities are great. But how connected are you to your real-life community?

For Asia Croson, a professional photographer and budding philanthropist, connecting to others was more than just a passion. This is her life. As a College Senior photographer, Asia has been able to bring meaningful changes to her community through creating charity events that range from helping those through personal struggles to starting their own businesses.

“As much as I want to put myself out there online, I think it’s just as important to put yourself out there where you live.”

Learn more about her motivations, her backstory into her own business and why she thinks it’s key to reach out to those around you in a meaningful way.

“People wanted to get photographed by me because they knew me, liked me and trusted me…”

This is On Purpose.

In this Podcast, you’ll learn:

  • Turning hobbies into successful businesses
  • Forging relationships with your community
  • Introverts vs extroverts
  • Guerilla Marketing and how it can benefit small start ups.
  • & the importance of alone time

Join the Community:

IG: @asiacrosonphotography
Website: www.asiacroson.com

Loved this and want more? Check out our other episodes here.

Spark a conversation! Leave a comment below or say hello @alexbeadon on Instagram.

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:00
In this episode I speak to Asia Croson, who is a professional senior photographer. Asia is a pro when it comes to community building both off and online. And in this episode, she shares how she leverages her strengths to build that know, like and trust factor so that she’s the very first person her clients go to when they’re looking for a photographer. The best part is that her advice in this episode is relevant to everyone, regardless of your industry. It’s about the importance of knowing yourself well enough to create a business and a life that supports you exactly as you are, and sets you up to win. This is on purpose. Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all? nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived? And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slip from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath, relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong. On purpose.

Hey, brands, welcome to today’s episode, I’m so excited to introduce you to my friend Asia, Asia Croson and I first met because she was actually one of my very first coaching clients back in 2012, or 2013. And I got to know her and just absolutely fell in love as you’re going to hear her personality is one of a kind. She’s someone who not only oozes talent when it comes to photography, but she’s an incredible human being who is using all of her strengths to create a life of impact, meaning and service. This episode is a fantastic one for anyone who is looking for the inspiration to be the best versions of themselves, and is trying to figure out how to put themselves out there without feeling all that fear. So take a listen to this episode. And let me know what you think on Instagram afterwards. Enjoy. Asia. Thank you so much for being on the podcast.

Asia Croson 2:00
I’m so happy to be here for the second time. Are we? Are we like allowed to tell people that?

Alex Beadon 2:04
Yeah, tell people. So basically, when I first started the podcast back Well, I first started recording episodes for the podcast back in December of 2017. And Asia was one of the very first people who I interviewed. And unfortunately, or fortunately, I think, fortunately. So true. We did our recording, and there was a lot of construction happening. What was it was in your building? Was it your neighbor’s? I don’t know.

Asia Croson 2:31
It’s just outside my building. It’s just like the plight of the world right now. Is it the whole, like our whole town has been under construction. So they’re oddly removing all of our parking lots and replacing them with hotels, which just feels like oh, and now we have no parking. And then there’s construction behind the podcast. So it’s, you know, it’s the worst, truly, it’s horrible. But I always like to say that God is the best secretary. And so he’s always moving things around in our favor. And we were just chatting before we recorded how that yeah, that’d be nine months ago. So many things have changed. And so I’m, we could have almost done that one and kept that content and read on a whole separate a whole separate episode. And it would have been two awesome ones. Totally, totally.

Alex Beadon 3:07
And I’m so excited to hear all about it. But before we dive into that, I’m going to ask you the first question that I asked everyone, which is, what do you find most nourishing about having your own business?

Asia Croson 3:20
Can I tell you that I like listened to every episode. So I knew that these were the questions that were coming, prepared for this. So I know that everybody says like freedom, I was just listening to promises episode. And that’s like, one of the things she said was like, okay, so people like know that freedom is super nourishing, but I wanted to get into a little bit more about like, why that’s so nourishing. And I feel like the first basic thing was like, I have the freedom to continue to nourish myself, since I run my own business. So I have like, of course, that’s like self care. And then with being like creatively fulfilled, I’m able to do that because I run my own business. So if I were working somewhere else, and I felt like maybe I couldn’t, I don’t know, take a break or I couldn’t do the things I need to do take care of myself, I wouldn’t be nourishing myself, or I felt like I was just, you know, working like a mind numbing job that’s also not nourishing. So I feel like really having the flexibility and the freedom. And then of course, one of my big why’s that I have my own business. So I can see my family, my sister, my nephew, and my whole extended family. They live up in Washington State and I’m California and so I’m able to go to go visit them and to go see them and that’s just like nourishing for my soul. So really the the freedom really is like the biggest the number one thing but it’s more than just like oh, I can like do whatever the hell I want. It’s the freedom to continue to nourish myself for sure.

Alex Beadon 4:34
I’m so curious what you said last time. I have a feeling you said something very similar.

Asia Croson 4:39
Oh my god, I’m sure I did. I know. We need to like listen and try to like, tune out the construction noise. Totally compare this so interesting. Totally. I would love that. I would so love that.

Alex Beadon 4:50
So for those of us who are listening and have no idea who you are, I would love for you to quickly tell us about what you offer your clients and how you might Make your money.

Asia Croson 5:01
Great. So I am a photographer. I live in the central coast of California, San Luis Obispo. And so I make all my money with photography, which is amazing. And I work primarily with young women, particularly sorority women out of the university, which is Cal Poly. And my main clientele is college graduation gals. And then I also do weddings, and also do braiding photos, and just so many great things with that. But over the last year, especially since we’ve talked recently, I am also I really hate saying calling this myself a philanthropist. But that’s really what it is. And I’ve been doing so many charity events in my community. And this year, my goal is to actually turn all that into a nonprofit. So I’ve always used I it’s a it’s a big deal. I cannot believe that wasn’t a thing in December. And now it’s definitely a thing.

Alex Beadon 5:50
You know, I feel like you had started doing it.

Asia Croson 5:54
Oh, totally. Because the funny thing like if

Alex Beadon 5:57
you were involved with the charitable organizations like I feel like that was definitely

Asia Croson 6:02
yes. So I’ll tell you, I’ll tell you the evolution of it. So I’ve always like my clap my, my social media platform. And just like my in person platform, I am all about like being out there and my community. And as much as like I want to put myself out there online, I think it’s just as important to put yourself out there where you live, always been super involved, I’ve actually never been involved with another charity organization, I’ve always just put on my own events. And I think that goes back to like the freedom one of my one of my biggest core values is autonomy. And so I just happened to find myself doing things on my own instead of initially connecting with somebody else, and then kind of bringing people to me to help me out. And so one of the biggest things that I’ve done is it just the clothing swap, and we bring all the clothes, you typically donate to Goodwill, and then we swap with each other. And then the remaining items, which is typically like 100 to 200 bags. So it’s so many items get donated to the women’s shelter here in town. And we’ve I’ve been doing that since since I was in college, it’s been a long time. And now it’s grown to having one time we had over 600 people come, it was humongous. And so we’ve always been doing that. And then another thing I do is called BYOB build your own business. And that’s for it’s not really just for women, but mostly it’s women who come to get them started on building their own business. And the tickets are just $8. And really, we just did that to make sure that people come because when people pay for stuff, they happen to more. But it’s really to invest more in the local like entrepreneurial woman side of the town. So those two and then the biggest one that I did in March, which is something that I was probably working on when we were when we did our first episode, but it hadn’t come to fruition yet. It’s called girls who handle it. And it is essentially an art gallery showing off Cal Poly women. So the university students who have dealt with anything, some of them really, really traumatic experiences, like boyfriends committed suicide, or their mom’s dying suddenly, or a sudden illness, etc, to things that are more commonplace, anxiety, etc. And then comparing that to their Instagram feeds. And really just like putting in your face that like everybody on social media is that’s like such a a farce, I guess. But it’s really as a highlight reel. And so we’ve been on this huge event where we had a picture of every girl and then two pages of their story, what they were really going through, and then their feet at that exact moment that those things were going on. And it was incredibly powerful. We didn’t it was one of those times almost like everything in my business where I started doing something. And then I realized like the impact it’s having or then I realized I started the business on accident or whatever. We didn’t realize it was a thing until we had about Yeah, that was was also about 600 people standing outside in the rain, wanting to come in, people were reading every single story that we had. And then people started donating. And we didn’t even ask for donations. And that’s when he has everything clicked for me. And I was like I have been doing all of these charity events and all of this like what would be considered like nonprofit work without being a nonprofit. And so I might as well like kind of make it official and really, like move forward with that. Wow. Yes, it’s been a big change.

Alex Beadon 9:16
That is amazing. It’s not a change. It’s more just like the direction has been unveiled. Unveiled. I keep using that word. It’s not a word revealed.

Asia Croson 9:25
revealed and unknown. Unveiled. It’s totally a word is it? Yeah, like it wrong. Okay, that’s not a word that’s true. Unveiled, revealed. Yeah, that’s exactly what it is like. And I kind of been joking. So John and I have been engaged since January 2017. So Oh, thank you. And I was joking to somebody recently, I was like, you know, my, my nonprofit is kind of like my marriage. Like we’re doing this thing anyway. Like the government just doesn’t recognize it. And that’s really how it is with with making everything that I’ve been doing you You know, I guess the goal is to make it into nonprofit but really having to discern why we want to do that. Because making into nonprofit doesn’t make it do anything different, like the three events are still going to be continuing on. So but yeah, you’re right, just having the direction be revealed and using, we’re all coming back to it, like my photography and my, my online and in person presence to, to bring attention to those things.

Alex Beadon 10:23
Yeah. Okay. So I want to get into everything. But before we, I feel like I need to kind of just bring it back to your business. And I really want to know, you got Okay, so how did you get started? Because I feel like you’ve done such a good job of really differentiating yourself as a senior portrait photography, which I feel was not something that was particularly big, where you were and when I say senior, I mean, like college students, yes. As opposed to like high school students, because I think the high school thing was the thing. Whereas what you created was specifically more for the college. demographic. Yes. So can you talk to me about that? Like, how did you figure that out? What’s What was your path with that?

Asia Croson 11:06
Yeah, that so for sure, high school, senior photos are like definitely an established thing. And college seniors we’re not. And the reason that I really pursued that is because that’s what I got started with. So I got started photography, my senior year of college with a girlfriend of mine who was graduating, I want to cut pictures and make her feel special. And so it was the only thing I knew in the photography world was like, I want to take pictures of people graduating college, because those people are my friends, and my friends, friends. And at the base of that I just liked making my friends and my friends, friends feel good. And so I didn’t have any kind of connection or like really motivation to pursue other things in the beginning. Because I was like, this is this is what I like, and this is what I do. And then I also connected so well with that, because I worked my ass off in college, I paid for my own way. And I really just became the person that I just like, fell in love with myself and my college process. I loved my friends I loved where I came to school in San Luis Obispo, and then I moved away for a year and coming back here and settling here. I love it here. And so I just felt like the end of your college career was so much more you than the end of your high school career. And though how I did that was so the reason I work so closely with sororities is because I decided to go through them to kind of funnel into the working with them one on one. And Alex, when you and I started working together, she doesn’t 13,014 When you were doing one on one business coaching 112 years ago, roughly. I know so long ago, I started doing this, this thing called fall photo off, which I’m actually currently in at this very moment where I take one photo of every single sorority house, and then I put it on Instagram, at the end of all the photos. And then they have essentially a liking competition on it. And it always changes and it was on Snapchat for a bit but it’s always been on Instagram, but now it’s just mainly centered on Instagram.

Alex Beadon 12:57
To be clear, it’s 100%, free like that, that part of it is free.

Asia Croson 13:03
Yes, yes. And all of that is free. So a free photo shoot for every single sorority. And actually this year, I’m really excited because what I did was offer them an upgrade, which is something I had never done before. And from like a business perspective, I was like, this is brilliant, because truly three shoot, but they were able to, to upgrade and get you know, more more individual photos as well. But the free photo shoot is just with the whole house. And then we do a couple ones of like first year, second year, third years, whatever, and then putting that on Instagram, and then they are putting it everywhere, etc, etc. And so that that has taught me so much about like guerilla marketing, essentially. And then also so much about giving free work, or however you want to call that this is really it is me giving them something for free. But just knowing that it’s planting seeds for them to want to come back to me, because I found that a favorite clients are the ones who I’ve thought about before. And so the more opportunity I have to photograph them in any other setting, the better. They are primed when they come to me later. And so yeah,

Alex Beadon 14:04
and that’s part of their like tradition. Oh, yeah,

Asia Croson 14:08
totally. I mean, it’s crazy how I’ve been doing this my sixth year doing it because I started in 2013 And so now it’s been a couple years where the girls are like, I met you my freshman year. Like I met my best friend at Fall photo off and I’ve been dreaming about taking my picture with you since then. And that is like oh my gosh, like moves me to tears like every time I like you don’t even know how much that means to me and like how cool that is. So definitely ingrained and I feel like it took a long time because like with everything you have to be consistent like the second year people still didn’t know what they were doing. And now I feel like it went by in the blink of an eye now I feel like all of a sudden I was well and they know who I am. But it did take a lot of work especially like you were saying in the beginning with the with the question was like it was a market that didn’t exist yet. So not only did I have to like essentially invent a market but I had to say oh and also pick me. So also do graduation photos, but also do them with me, not just with me. So,

Alex Beadon 15:06
so I want to connect some dots here for the people who are listening, if they’re thinking about like their own business and how to translate all of the concepts that you just shared, really what it’s coming down to is making sure that you’re inserting yourself into the conversation that that your ideal clients are having in some way, shape or form. And also making it really super easy for them to say yes to working with you, even if it’s initially for free. Knowing that you’re building that relationship, you’re planting the seeds, you’re investing in that relationship with them with the hopes that they’re going to see the value that you’re offering and providing and then end up choosing you as their photographer, or coach or whatever it is that you are in the future.

Asia Croson 15:48
Totally. And I think that I’m when I look back, I’m honestly surprised that the inside I was like 23, or something that like it was really playing the long game. I knew, like I wasn’t gonna get, like, let’s say that my first group of gals, I had, you know, a quarter of them first year, second year, third year, fourth year, I knew that those fourth years, were essentially not going to be my clients, because they only worked with me once. And I really was investing in those first year gals. And so I knew this was really going to pay off big time in four years, when they are in three years, whatever, when they were going to be becoming seniors and will have worked with me the whole time. And I was dead on the money with that. And when I had done it for three or four years, then I was completely fully booked. But I knew in the beginning, don’t get discouraged if this isn’t like immediately turn around with an insane amount of clients because they can only work with me at one point, which is a little bit different for other people, for like coaches, etc. Who can businesses can hire them at any time. But for me, I’m only doing graduation photos, so they can only work with me at a certain point. So I knew it was a long game to be to be priming them enough in the beginning to know that they want to know me like me and trust me to be able to hire me when they get to that point. But it really has planting seeds I think is so huge. I think there’s nothing wrong with and it’s better to play the long game for sure.

Alex Beadon 16:59
I love it. Okay, something else that I think you’re really good at is showing your personality online, like you went from blogging, and then you were making videos, and then you’re on Snapchat and Instagram. And so I’d love for you to share with us your journey of putting yourself out there online, and what the benefits were, if you had to overcome any hurdles. And yeah, just talk to us about that.

Asia Croson 17:24
Okay, great. So one of the questions you might be asking me maybe is like non negotiable stuff. And I have a separate answer for that. But that was one of the things that came up to my mind in the beginning was like sharing me and my life has always been like a non negotiable part of my business and part of my life. So from the very beginning, when there was no Snapchat and Instagram wasn’t like it is now because it was six years ago. It was about blogging. And so I used to blog and I loved it. And I started blogging before I had a business because actually, my blog was called because my grandma doesn’t have Facebook, because I wanted my grandma to know, like when I was doing because I lived in France for a year. And so no blog random things so that I could just connect with, you know, my loved one. And then I started I don’t know, at what point I realized that I’m kind of funny. I don’t know when that happened. And but then I started blogging, like really funny things that were going on. In my

Alex Beadon 18:17
videos, you’re like, you’re funny, but it also comes with a dash of wisdom, inspiration, like, I just love your vibe is so great.

Asia Croson 18:25
That’s so great. Thank you so much. Yeah, I used to, I would Yeah, I guess I would just bought funny things. But you know, I wasn’t super consistent with it. And so as soon as and then I did videos, which I also really loved and they were there was called taking shots, how to take shots the classy way, which I thought was incredibly clever. It was about obviously photography, and I really love that. But it was so cumbersome. It was like so much work. Oh my gosh, I mean, YouTube videos are a lot of like work in production. What’s that?

Alex Beadon 18:56
I said, it’s a commitment.

Asia Croson 18:58
Yeah, I totally is, oh my gosh, it’s such a blimp and I loved it. It was like it almost felt like more of a hobby. And it was so super fun. But then Snapchat came along and I was like, oh my goodness, I have like there’s all the cumbersome. pneus of it is now gone, I can just record it and then upload it immediately and no editing and no file saving and no exporting and importing. And it was like such a game changer for me. And it was really natural for me to share my life and my day on there almost immediately. And I remember in the beginning people would and I don’t think about it that much. I think that I have like a very thick skin against haters. I was bullied a lot when I was younger. So I think I’ve kind of just like learn to tune them out. But in the beginning people would always like make fun of me about like, oh, here we go again. You’re just gonna Snapchat like your walk to Starbucks and Oh, guess what, you’re at Starbucks again, or like whatever. And I’m like, Well, you’re the one watching. You don’t have to like every day like you know that I go to Starbucks every single day like you watch me enough to like be bothered by my ritual. Like I’m so sorry about that. Like don’t watch it. It’s not my problem. Um, but some people have asked me like, oh, you put yourself out there so much online? Do you know what do you how do you handle the haters? And I’m like, I’m do I don’t know, I’m sure I have any. But I don’t honestly don’t see them. Like, they don’t bother me. But so Snapchat was going great. And it was really being it was a huge part of my business. And I had once I started getting using a CRM, what is that called? Or a client management system? Yeah. I would ask people like, how did you hear me or what, what inspired you to choose me as your photographer, and so many of them would say that I follow you on Snapchat. And I thought that was so interesting, because the big difference between Snapchat and Instagram is, of course, not being able to upload photos that weren’t taking live. And so something I’ve done with Instagram has been able to put the actual photos peppered in with the behind the scenes. With Snapchat, I couldn’t do that. So I truly didn’t show off my work on Snapchat, people weren’t people were just seeing behind the scenes, they weren’t really seeing the actual photos, my actual work, which is what you would think, would make clients hire whoever it is. So not, that is so not true. I that is not true in any way, shape, or form. People wanted to get photographed by me, because they knew me like me, and trust me, and they wanted to be around me. And that’s what the experience they wanted to get their photos done. And now it’s so much easier with Instagram, because I can show off my work in addition to what it’s like to work with me, but it was it just really reaffirmed for me that I need to just be myself on Snapchat and or on whatever putting myself out there. And that will attract the right people to me. And also needs to do it in abundance, because I don’t know who’s paying attention and when they’re paying attention. And if I just like throw glitter up in the air, eventually I’ll catch something. And so doing it everyday consistently has been a huge game changer for my business. So Snapchat, then moved over to Instagram, I was incredibly resistant to moving to making the change because I had been doing Snapchat for like four or five years, consistently, it was like Snapchat queen. But I’m loving Instagram. Now it’s so different for sure. Like there’s so many like, psychological reasons. It’s such a different experience. But I’ve gotten a new routine, but I don’t do it. As the day goes on. I feel like it takes too much time. So I just sit down and do it for like 45 minutes at the end of my day, typically is what I do. And I don’t talk to the camera as much as I used to, which I’m kind of sad about I really miss doing that. So actually today a little bit I did but yeah, I used to talk to the camera all day. It was like a daily vlog but Instagram. So different, little more aesthetic. So working on the transition, but it’s going very well.

Alex Beadon 22:24
Is it interesting how it’s so different. It’s incredibly

Asia Croson 22:28
different. Like I could literally like write a book about it.

Alex Beadon 22:32
It’s funny, because it’s like the exact same format Instagram Stories versus Snapchat stories. But for some reason, what you would feel totally comfortable doing on Snapchat stories you wouldn’t necessarily feel 100% comfortable doing on Instagram stories.

Asia Croson 22:46
I think there’s like a different culture. Yeah, for sure. There’s also like an expectation because you can upload things later, you almost feel as if they should be higher quality, whereas Snapchat was like, it was just understood that you just snap the pic and you put it up there. Like you could put a blurry picture of like somebody running by with funny pants on and be like, Ha ha like those Funny Pants would never do on Instagram. Like that’s not a thing like relevance to your story. And so what I’ve been doing since starting Instagram, because I still have a couple, however, my a couple 100 People still following me on Snapchat. And so I’ve just been using Snapchat, it’s kind of like my camera roll, I’ll just take pictures and add it to that. And then I’ll save them from my snapchat later and kind of curate it into my Instagram. So yeah, it is so very different. But I enjoy it. I really like the potential in the opportunity to network with people that way to be able to tag them and, and show show off their stuff. You know, you couldn’t do that with Snapchat. And so I think there’s so much more a big thing that I’m just realizing is there’s so much more of a community on Instagram, Snapchat, I’m putting this out there, I have no idea what’s happening on the other end. But with Instagram, you know so much more and you’re able to connect so much more.

Alex Beadon 23:53
That to me was like the big thing about Instagram. I mean, besides the fact that everyone kind of left Snapchat. Besides that, yeah, there’s also the fact that like, you can actually see who’s looking at your story. And it’s not just like a random name. And then you go to their profile, and there’s nothing they’re like, you can actually file and see what they posted or see if they have a story and maybe follow them or leave a comment or it’s just so much more of like you said, it’s so much more of a community, which is awesome. So do not post to Snapchat at all anymore.

Asia Croson 24:27
Now I do the thing, like I said, I like use it as kind of like a camera. I literally just went in brief. And my story. I just added it all I don’t even look at it later on. And I was on there. And it’s kind of essentially a camera. And then because there are still some people who use it, but I totally forgot. Overnight, literally 90% of my followers disappeared. And then I would try to go watch somebody else’s story and I couldn’t figure it out either. So I was like, I understand why you can’t find me. So I Yeah, so that’s another reason

Alex Beadon 24:54
Oh, Snapchat. They really have thrown everyone for a loop in so many ways and like they’re really not listening to their are creators. It’s such a shame because I feel like they had so much potential like, and you and I both know, like, we were both hardcore Snapchatter

Asia Croson 25:08
Yes, we were, we were, we were doing so good with it. And I was just listening to your thing with promise. And she was talking about how she still blogs because she’s saying, you know, you have to go where the people are. And then they change their mind and blah, blah, blah. And it’s I mean, it’s such a thing. That’s still how was a Snapchat, but there’s always a replacement. So yeah, I feel I feel good about going like where the people are in. But I was I was very hesitant to move over to Instagram until it was like, wow, okay, I have to now because nobody’s like,

Alex Beadon 25:36
Yeah, cuz even last time we spoke, I think you were still more active on Snapchat than you are now.

Asia Croson 25:43
Very reads. It’s a very recent thing. I think I’ve learned to appreciate being able to do it all at one time. I feel like it really, with Snapchat, it was I mean, it was super easy. It’s not like it was really interesting in my day, but you didn’t have to add it immediately. So was even like minute interruptions, and I wasn’t as present. But with Instagram, you need to take a picture, you can do whatever. And then I have, like I said, like 45 minutes where I just sit down. That’s all I do. So I can really focus on it. And not have to interrupt like my experiences with other people throughout my day.

Alex Beadon 26:12
Yeah, I think that’s a big one for me, too. People ask me that all the time. They’re like, how do you? How do you post this and put so much attention to it and still be present? I’m like, because I don’t post it when I’m actually now they’re like, record it, save it put my phone away.

Asia Croson 26:27
Exactly. And they do it all later. Yeah. It’s way better that way, way better.

Alex Beadon 26:32
Okay, so my next question for you is, I’m trying to think what do I want my next question for you to be I have a list of questions. I remember last time, we spoke a lot about community. And I’ve, today, it’s been a day. Like I said, this is like my fourth interview of the day. So I feel like a lot has happened today. And I’ve not had a lot of the conversations that I wanted to have, because I ran out of time. So I’m like, let me just get to what exactly what is it about today, which is community like I feel like you’re someone who you’ve done such a great job of building that community offline. Sorry, online, and then made that translate into the offline space into like, the real life like actually here with you, in person. And it’s interesting, because I think your business as well lends very well to it. Because like, obviously, when you meet with your clients, you’re meeting with them in person, you’re taking pictures of them. So I’d love for you to talk to us about how you have cultivated such a high quality level of community, I think it’s something really special. It’s something I myself am not good at at all. Like I’ve spent my entire life moving, like pretty much every three years, like from country to country to country to country. And so I’ve almost taught myself to really not rely too much on my community. Because in the back of my head, I’m like, well, you’re leaving soon anyway. And now I’m at an age where I’m like, I want to have connections with people who are like, on my safe weight, same wavelength and who I’m really cultivating a special relationship with. So I would love for you to talk to me about that and how you do that.

Asia Croson 28:11
Yes. I think that’s also a big reason why you and Laura are so close. Still. Because yeah, she’s so is your community, and how awesome would it be if you guys could be in the same placement, why it’s so cool for like when she comes down there and stuff. So yeah, this is a huge part of I mean, I only I can’t even call it a huge part of my life because it just like is my life is, is my community and my network. And I so you have a podcast called face to face with Paige Poppy. And it was about your online space and then being face to face and how people who can run their businesses online. Like you also need to invest in the in person, community. And then on the opposite side, people like me who, of course, I need to have an online presence. But you know, since I’m meeting with people face to face, my online presence isn’t as important but I need to be investing in that also. So I’ve always really understood the that the crossover and how important that is. And I think so much of that has to do with one the fact that I’m an extrovert and so me doing it by myself is not sustainable. For me. Of course, I’m not like needing to be around people 100% of the time, but I do get energy from being around other people. And especially other entrepreneurs who are super passionate, super excited, I totally feed off that vibe. And so for me, it just makes sense that I need to set myself up for success and be around people like that. Because it just gives me more energy. And then on top of that, like you are the five people that you surround yourself with or the average job or whatever. And so I knew how important it was to surround myself with people who would be uplifting to me and to be able to see them like not on a daily basis but actually literally probably on a daily basis. I see someone like that and so I’ve really made sure to to pepper that throughout my day to connect with people. But as far as how I did that I think I’m why know that I’m Very good at discerning between, if I don’t want to call it just like someone because that feels like very surface level and judgmental, but like, do I feel like this is an awesome? Is this gonna be an awesome, like friendship and networking relationship or not? And I realize that until someone recently was like, that’s a kind of a personal question like, I feel like you have, you’re really good at setting boundaries, and you have really great friends. And I never met one of your friends who I don’t like. And I was like, Wow, what a compliment to me. Like, that’s so nice. I just like collected humans, but I think it’s because we all have a quota of time, like the quota of energy, like it is, it is limited, it’s limited in our days, and we’re in our lifespan, and the time that you’re spending with people who aren’t doing whatever it is they need to be doing for you, or like feeding your soul or whatever is time that you are not spending, finding the other people or spending time with or investing in other people who would be doing that. And so I think that I have a very like cut and dry snot system, I don’t even realize I’m doing it or I’m like, No, they were fine, but like, probably not going to do anything with them. And then I’m able to really hone in on the relationships that I love so much. But one of the things that that I’ve done is with we’re connecting with humans all the time, we’re talking to baristas, as a photographer, I’m a makeup artist, I was a photographer, my clients are buying their clothes from somewhere there is already built in in our lives, like a network of humans that we could be connecting with. And I’ve just realized, like, it takes 90% of effort to like talk to them in general, or to connect with them at all. And if you just put 10% more effort into that, then it’s going to be you know, 100% and a very big deal. And so you might as well maximize those connections. So if I’m talking to somebody at all, I’m wanting to connect with them. I’m talking to the races already, I’m already talking to the makeup artist. So I might as well like really, really maximize that connection. And that in itself has just been huge for my community.

Alex Beadon 31:51
I love that so much. I feel like you also do a good job of reaching out to people and being like, Hey, let’s go and hang out. Totally. Yes. And not even just people that you know, but like people that you maybe just found online.

Asia Croson 32:06
When I Gosh, cool. Sorry about that. Actually what she may know already. But my friend Amy Young, she actually I saw her first. I first saw her video through the spark lounge. Yeah, which is amazing throwback. And she is a life coach, and she’s a YouTuber, and I saw one of her videos. And I’m not a big YouTube watcher. I think I watch Alex Beadon AMI on and that’s literally on YouTube. I don’t watch. But I saw her stuff. And I just loved it. And I subscribed to her email list and like, whatever. And I was like, kind of like in her like fandoms fear for a couple months. And then I was like, I checked out her website, and she had no photos of herself on her website. And she’s so adorable. No, she said adorable. She’s gorgeous. I’m adorable. Amy is gorgeous. There’s a difference. So I reached out to her. And I was like, I feel like you don’t have any photos or you don’t have any photos of yourself. I don’t know where you live. But I live in California. I love your emails. And like her emails were just so clever. They were essentially like a different blog. And then it would say in the middle of it like, oh, you can read more about this on my actual blog. And I just thought it was so brilliant. And so yeah, I reached out. And I was like, if you have any photos, I don’t know where you are. But I’m in California, if you’re ever out here, and like right in the middle of the state. And I would love to do photos of you. And so I she brought me back like a month and a half later. And I felt like Beyonce had written me. I was like, Oh, my God, this girl is famous. And she just wrote me back like, dinged when I was driving. And I remember like looking at it while I was driving, which is like a big no, no, but I was like, I’m gonna pull over, I’m gonna read this whole thing. I was so thrilled. And anyway, so we connected over Skype. And then she went flying out here from Boston. He did her first round of photos. And now she’s been out here four times. And one of those times she sat here for two months. And now she’s my best friend who just here she just left a couple days ago. So my god that was like, I really feel like in something even with the sororities when I first reached out to them. It’s so intimidating to reach out to somebody who don’t know, especially somebody who has either a reputation or an abundance of women in one place like a sorority. It’s that you’re not familiar with and I think one of the biggest things I’ve learned is like, literally just reach out to anybody. Like they’re all humans, you know, like, the worst thing they can do is say no or just not respond like whatever. And that’s like really done well for me with connections being like, oh, that person seems like you know, they’re just too big of a deal for me or whatever and but you might be exactly what they’re looking for in whatever partnership you’re you’re trying to approach with them. And for me, she was like, I love your photos so much. Absolutely. And I was like, Okay, great. Amazing. Like let’s be best friends now. Perfect. So yeah, kind of like not being scared to do that has and I’m sure that it’s affected my life in so many small ways and put I can think of like five huge arrays that I’ve had. And I think that’s a, that’s a big thing to reach out to communities. Everybody’s human and nobody’s like too weird to reach out to or too big to reach out to or whatever. So yeah,

Alex Beadon 35:11
I just love that so much. And I love that you’re so extroverted. And it’s so funny because I don’t think I ever really understood extraversion until I started dating my current boyfriend, Nick, because like, you guys are just the best people.

Asia Croson 35:26
But so great, like a new science because I think there’s been a couple like books that have come out about like, what it really means to be an introverted extroverted, and it’s really about like, where you get your energy. It’s not about being outgoing or shy. And I think that it’s really for sure helps the introverted community because I think they’re starting to understand like, I don’t get it I like people but like, I’m so dad at the end of the day. And so they’re starting to really get a little bit of just more strength and being like, it’s okay for me to want to be by myself at the end of the day. But I think, at the same time for me, I realizing it’s okay, that I want to be with people like it’s fine. And how can I intertwine that that’s why it’s so beneficial to know yourself. That’s why getting older has been so fun for me because they’re fun, fun. And like you when you’re younger, you’re like, oh, getting to myself, like who the eff cares. But the reason why it’s so important is because then you can make life better for yourself. So knowing I love to be around people is me being able to fix my schedule to intertwine all of my friends. And you know, some other people, if I’m by myself all day, I’m like gonna fall asleep or something. So I can’t do

Alex Beadon 36:28
the opposite. And it’s so funny because everyone’s like, Yeah, I like you’re so extroverted. And I’m like, I’m outgoing. And like, I like meeting new people. And I like talking to people. But at the end of the day, I really like being alone. I like reading my book, I like being in bed. Like even today, my boyfriend right before this interview, he came up to me, and he’s like, so there’s this art exhibition happening tonight. And we should go and so and so it’s going and I’m like, Oh my God, that sounds so overwhelming. You’re like, no, no, like, I’ve been speaking to people all day long.

Asia Croson 36:59
Like, I cannot do that. And I totally get it and my fiance’s the same. He’s the most, the most outgoing and like entertaining. Oh, wow. Like the, like, he likes to entertain a lot. But he is like the biggest introvert. Like he needs to be by himself a lot. But he works from home by himself. So he naturally gets a lot of alone time, which I imagine that you would as well, because you’re interviewing. And so that’s why that’s why that works for you guys. Because you have you already have built in just like I have built in meeting with people and even my photoshoots, which is the core of my job is with other people. So I know that that works really well for me. And I know for that with other people it wouldn’t and that was a big thing. When we talked in December, I was making an ecourse about networking. That was a big struggle for me because I was like, this is a networking course for extroverts. Because this stuff is not going to work if you don’t like or not don’t like being around people. But if that sucks your energy at the end of the day, that don’t do what I’m saying because it’s not going to be good.

Alex Beadon 37:52
Well, I think it’s a balance because like for me, it’s like I know it’s healthy when I spend time with people I’m like when I actually make the effort to go and meet new people and whatever I always enjoy it you know, finding the balance of like, not like maybe your level of social and my boyfriend’s although social is like just not my level of social like you guys are like, a whole next level which is totally great for you guys. Have you done Myers Briggs Personality Test?

Asia Croson 38:21
Yes. And I am an INFJ Oh my gosh. Yeah, that

Alex Beadon 38:25
sounds about right.

Asia Croson 38:26
I am Who did we just looked at that the other day? Because investment just did hurt your family?

Alex Beadon 38:32
When a no no then you must be ENFP

Asia Croson 38:36
Oh, you think so? Okay. Oh, I literally just did it. I’m gonna Google it, please.

Alex Beadon 38:40
Because I NFP and it wouldn’t surprise me if we are the same.

Asia Croson 38:44
Okay, okay. You’re an extrovert, though.

Alex Beadon 38:46
I’m an extrovert, but ENFPs supposedly are the least extroverted of all the extroverts?

Asia Croson 38:52
Oh, I am an ENFP I am. I’m not an ENFP How did you know

Alex Beadon 38:57
that? Wow, here we are together. We are together.

Asia Croson 39:00
This is amazing. Okay, so I have this says that I’m extroverted. 91%. So Right. Like,

Alex Beadon 39:08
yeah, it’s interesting, because yours will say so your says your 91% whereas mine is like, I think 40% or something like that. Okay.

Asia Croson 39:16
Yeah, but I think that like that 9% still plays into my day, every single day. Like I love to have like my morning routine has to be like literally entirely solo. And I mean, I, I just have also built in time to like, be where I am by myself. And so I think that it is so important for every human to be able to spend some time on your own. I also as I’ve gotten older realize that I like my own company. I like being with myself. And so that’s been that’s such a joy. And so I don’t mind being alone at some point and that is very refreshing. I used to call it stare at a wall time. It used to be me, me for family and friends. And I’d be like, I’m just gonna go stare at a wall because I just need like, I’m not tired, but I just need to like stare at a wall. So I make sure I get in that as well. out, but for like energy and you know, I want to use the word ignition but like when I want to ignites or whatever I have to be around people, for sure.

Alex Beadon 40:08
That’s really interesting. Okay, so takeaway for everyone listening is to know yourself. I think that’s really what we’re coming down to here. Yes, no true,

Asia Croson 40:16
so true. And then like, make it happen. You know, like, the first, the first episode of my podcast when I’m by myself was like, pay attention to your life. And it was like, pay attention to the things that you’re doing and the things you surround yourself with, and everything affects you and everything matters. And there are some things that are draining you and like, they’re either my mom used to tell me that friends are either rocks or balloons, like they either hold you down, or they bring you up. And I feel like it’s like that with everything in your life. Like, the way that you dress, the way you present yourself, the coffee that you drink, like what you’re seeing when you’re sitting in your office. I think all of those things, it’s such we live in a very holistic life. And that’s one of the things like does it feel good for me to be by myself all day? Or does it not? And then, and then adjust from there, you know?

Alex Beadon 40:57
Oh, my God, I love that your mom’s quote about rocks and balloons?

Asia Croson 41:01
My mom, she’s so wise. And I think, why is your parents are?

Alex Beadon 41:05
That’s just the best quote ever. I love it. Okay, so I want to kind of just touch on your, um, like, in between two questions right now, like, which direction do I want to take? I think okay, I think I know what we want to talk about. I want to talk to you about your sense of confidence and your sense of self worth, like you clearly are a very confident person. Like you said, you were bullied as a child. So you had a thick skin learn how to deal with with negative confrontation? Maybe? Yes. What advice do you have for someone who’s like, yeah, it’s so easy for you because you’re extroverted and like, you have a thick skin and you can put yourself out there and you don’t care what other people think? Or say, what advice do you have for people who are struggling with that?

Asia Croson 41:53
I feel oh my gosh, I wish you didn’t see me right now. I’m like moving all my body because they’re just like, so I just hate it when people. It just breaks my heart when people don’t have the competence to do that. And I think they think it’s different for everybody else. They think it’s like, oh, it’s easy for you. It’s not as easy for me. And that’s and that’s not true in any way. It’s not easy for anybody to do things. It’s easier when you start doing it. That’s the difference a difference? Isn’t it? Because you’re competent? Because you’re not competent? The difference is the experience doing it? And I think one of the things depends on how I’m feeling when I have this conversation, like am I feeling like nurturing? And I’m like, No, everybody’s beautiful in their own way. And that’s like one thing. But another thing is like, how does it actually affect you as to what other people think. And so there’s like a little tough love thing. And like, let’s talk about this for realsies. Like if this person online he’s never met before, says you have an annoying voice, go throughout your day and tell me how that actually affects your life. Because it literally does not like it doesn’t at all it doesn’t. And the only time that it does is because you’re thinking about it. And that’s something that I’ve had to learn, again, from a super young age, that what other people will think about you only affects you as much as you let it in a very real sense. Not this like hypothetical sense. And like, it literally doesn’t affect me at all. Like when I was in school, I could still get good grades, I could still, you know, be a nice big sister, I could still it didn’t affect me at all, unless I was thinking about it a bunch. And so I think with confidence has been all about how I’m showing up like, am I showing up my best self? And if I am, then I’m feeling great about it. And if I’m not, then I’m not feeling super confident. And then also taking into consideration Am I showing up my best self considering my current circumstances, like, I can’t expect myself to show up my best self, if I’m sick, or if I’m whatever. But if I’m doing the best job I can in that exact moment, I have the right to be confident doing that. And I think that a lot of it also comes for sure from my face, because I feel like that, you know, God has my back. And I know that he’s like doing things so I feel confident in the plan and in who he’s made me to be. And so again, I really feel like competence is a right for sure. And really does come with experience when you try to, you know, tell yourself and you’ve taught me this so long ago from a YouTube video. Like you just go out there and you’re like I’m the best photographer in the world. And just telling myself that when they go out to shoot like I’m the best photographer in the world helps me so much is that I’m like, okay, as the best photographer in the world, what would I be doing right now? And then that really shifts shifts my mindset. And so yeah, you feel I think I answered your question. That was a

Alex Beadon 44:22
brilliant answer. I now want to ask you. Sorry, did you say something?

Asia Croson 44:29
Oh, I said funsies.

Alex Beadon 44:34
That’s great. I love that word. Okay, so I now want to ask you about how you manage everything. Like what is your time management look like? Because so you have the business going on? You’re clear clearly, like have a very active social life where you’re investing time into your friends and your family. You also are now starting a nonprofit organization. I would love for you to talk to me about like how Are you managing all of these different things? And I know that you also don’t you have like, monthly events?

Asia Croson 45:07
Yes. Well, we got a lot of things,

Alex Beadon 45:09
a lot going on. I remember, when we spoke, I was like, How does she do it?

Asia Croson 45:16
So, okay, so the monthly events are the BYOB thing that build your own business. And that’s kind of encompassed in, in the nonprofit stuff. But what I found going back to extrovert thing is so many of those things are so easy for me because they feed into me. And so like BYOB, the monthly thing is like, it’s not it doesn’t take away from it’s not like, Oh, my God, how do you have time and energy for that? That’s what gives me energy, and therefore gives me time. And so I love doing those things because of that. And when I have less on my calendar, I am I don’t want to say less productive, because productivity is not the goal. But like, I am less energetic when I don’t have as much on my calendar. Yes, exactly. And then therefore, fulfillment allows me to be a you know, a better photographer, a better business owner, a better leader. And so being busy is how I am fulfilled. But it’s not. I have learned that it’s not just about being busy, and that I’m very, I can I can say no woofer the best of them, just like I am very picky with my friends. I’m like, I’m like, No, I don’t want to do that. Like, no, thank you. And so that’s super, super helpful. But on a practical level, I like a slave to my calendar, and all the best ways, I put everything on my calendar, and it says like, chill, eat lunch, like stare at a wall. It’s whatever. I like, I’m obsessed with my calendar. And I love it so much. And it makes it easier for everybody else to know what I’m doing and what that can be involved in. So that’s like one thing that’s really huge for me. And then another is that I have so much help. Like, I cannot tell you how lucky I am that I have three interns. I have one editor, all of the people that I’ve connected with who but anyway, are part of my business, all are so willing to help me out. And I just don’t know what I did to deserve all of that. Like, they’re amazing dedication to me. But I’m not doing anything alone. Like I’m going on on photo shoots, and I have an assistant with me who’s taking behind the scenes photos and who’s like fixing her hair and who’s doing whatever. Not that I had those things in the beginning. But right now it looks like I’m doing so much on my own. And I’m not I have so much help. And so it’s really allowed me to to let them do the things either that are extra and fun. And I couldn’t do my own. I can’t take my own behind the scenes photos, or to do the things that were kind of draining my energy so that I can really focus on doing super well the things that I’m super good at, does shine your

Alex Beadon 47:41
energy.

Asia Croson 47:47
Really good question. Not much. I don’t really like watching TV. And I know like saw this quote the other day. And it was like for those of us that you don’t watch TV, like you could just go like screw yourself. And I was like, well, for realsies I don’t really like sitting and watching to me like I don’t really John would be like don’t watch a movie. And I’m like, I would literally rather stay with him like dude,

Alex Beadon 48:07
Asia, I’m just like you and make us like, let’s watch a movie. I’m like, Ah, we have to. He’s like, let’s go to the cinema. I’m like,

Asia Croson 48:16
actually so funny. I love going to the movies. And like sitting at home and watching movies. I don’t know what it is like, I feel like that’s like a bad thing. I don’t know, but I don’t so much. There has to be something that drains my energy. And I have no idea what it is. But But if if there are things I would say that I have, oh, here’s an example, calling photos, cold like going through them and picking which ones to add it that drains my energy. And it also anchors down my whole process because I’m like, Oh, I don’t want to do it. And then I don’t do it for like two days. And then I could have just been done editing by then. But I didn’t do the first process. And so that’s been something that’s now part of my interns if she does that, and so that’s like so super helpful. So all of the things that drain my energy, I have worked out of the system. I’m like, Oh, I don’t want to do it. And so especially if they could be beneficial for somebody else to do or it’s somebody else’s, you know, like, area of brilliance or whatever. I’m like, excellent. You do that you watch all the TV for me and I have to

Alex Beadon 49:14
I love that so much. Perfect. Okay. To wrap up this interview, I’m going to ask you the questions that I asked everyone. And I’m pretty sure the last time we spoke about this, I was like I should have some fancy dancy name for the for the wrap up questions, but I don’t so I’m still calling them wrap up questions. The first one is what is one thing you do that has been a non negotiable in keeping your business on track?

Asia Croson 49:38
Two things one, for sure, like I mentioned earlier is like sharing my life somewhere on some social media platform. I also like that because I like to look back on myself and like see what I’ve done. It’s kind like a fun diary. And then number two is having my 9% of introversion time in the morning and I’m by myself I have my coffee and I read my devotionals and I just like sometimes just sit on the couch and like pray or just like thinking Be silent because I know I’m not going to be quiet at all the rest of the day. And that really like, fuels me up for my day and helps me be like a better person to uphold a

Alex Beadon 50:08
quick question on that, because I know everyone listening is wondering how much time do you spend in silence or like just this thing that?

Asia Croson 50:16
Yeah, this is my favorite thing about that is it’s as much time is I have and so I think some people are like, you don’t have 30 minutes, and you can’t do it at all, it takes me five minutes to read my devotional. So if I have an, I can also always be late, some to something by five minutes, unless I’m catching a plane. So even if I’m running late, I will literally sit down read my devotionals because like, I will just tell my client like so sorry, I need to read my devotional like my devotional like, whatever, it’s fine. But when I wake up, and I have like, the time that I would like, is about 30 or 40 minutes. And that’s what that’s typically what it is. But even if I’m rushing, it is like literally non negotiable. Like I unless I’m catching a train or a plane, I’m doing it. So yeah,

Alex Beadon 50:53
perfect. Okay, share mindset, a mindset, set, share, I can’t speak share a mindset shift that has made the biggest difference in your life as an entrepreneur.

Asia Croson 51:08
Oh, my gosh, in my life, not prepared, I was prepared for like in my business. Oh, my gosh, in my life is that I don’t Is that I have so much power and my decisions. And who I surround myself with and what I do, and just realizing like, oh my gosh, I can change something if I don’t like it. In my life has been huge. And if I want to do something that I can actually do, it has been like my nephew, for example, lives in Washington, and I want to see him all the time. So I’m like, Okay, well, then I should just make that work for myself, because that’s what’s good for me. And so I do so I see him every six weeks. And so I know that’s like, for some people, like that’s a lot, whatever it is, and anything for anybody that they like, and it’s different from other other people, it might seem like too much or whatever. But I realize I have the power in my life to do the things that I want to do and set myself up to do that. And like I’m not a victim of any circumstance. And remembering that. And if I wasn’t, I would be able to rise above it. So that’s helped me shift my mindset, my life that I’m not stuck in any way I really can make my life the way that I want it to

Alex Beadon 52:12
that is so powerful. I love it. Okay, fill in the blank, the world would be a better place if more people knew

Asia Croson 52:19
how to take care of themselves. That’s what I think how to live it, it’s important to take care of yourself. It’s not selfish to do that, because you need to be filling, you know, filling up your own cup before you can pour into other people. And so again, paying attention to your life and what would feel good for you and that you need to take care of yourself first before you can take care of other people are sure

Alex Beadon 52:38
the book that changed my life was

Asia Croson 52:43
free. So five leveling, which is huge. In my relationship just in my life with other people. Um, you are a badass was so good. And then a long time ago, you talked about raving fans. Remember that book, such a big, those three are sure these highly recommend.

Alex Beadon 52:59
Amazing. And then lastly, this is my favorite thing. If you remember I asked every guest to challenge our audience to do something this week to focus on accomplishing something or taking some type of action step. So what is the one thing that you would like to challenge our audience to do this week?

Asia Croson 53:15
Oh my gosh, fun. Okay, so talking about community, I would challenge to, like start pursuing a new friendship or to like, realize the friendships that you have that could be maximized. And like made and something more and like, be really grateful for them. I have so many friendships, I’m like, Oh, my God, like you are such a big deal in my life. And just sitting in that gratitude is amazing. When if you feel like you don’t have that and going out and like seeking one person that you could pursue in that way. Total Life Changes such a big deal. And so just thinking about getting in the practice of connecting with that person for sure.

Alex Beadon 53:53
Asia, thank you so much. I love you so much.

Asia Croson 53:57
This has been so fun. Round two. Can we do it every nine months, every couple months. I’m down.

Alex Beadon 54:03
Oh my gosh, I just love you. I love your energy. I think you you always just shine and I just love I love the we have not even been in the same place ever. And I feel like I know you so well. And oh my gosh, so special. And so magic. And I just want to I just want you to know how much I appreciate you.

Asia Croson 54:20
Thanks, Alex. I so appreciate you for sure. Always. You’re welcome.

Alex Beadon 54:25
Thank you so much for being here on the podcast with us today.

Asia Croson 54:28
Absolutely. I cannot wait to hear it’s gonna be so fun.

Alex Beadon 54:33
Thank you so much for listening to today’s episode. If you enjoyed it, I would love for you to give me a shout out on your Instagram story or anywhere. Just letting me know what your biggest takeaway was. You guys have no idea how helpful and useful it is for me. When you message me telling me what your aha moments were telling me what it is that you took away from the podcast. It helps me understand what is most valuable to you and it helps Have me understand how I can be of the highest service to you. So if you could take two minutes to do that, I would really appreciate it. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope to hear from you over on Instagram you can find me at Alex Beadon and I will talk to you again very soon. Bye

Oh my gosh you guys look how amazing this shrimp serata cocktail looks meet Beatrice an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you. All two of you. Well, I guess I’m just here by myself now. Why don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www.gram-slam.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.

#020 – Getting Real on Social Media, Why Self-trust is a Non-negotiable & The Importance of Course Correcting with Elizabeth DiAlto

You want your audience to trust you. But do you even trust yourself?

This is the conundrum that Elizabeth DiAlto, former fitness coach turned spiritual counselor wants you to ask yourself.

“I think what’s really important are these foundational pieces of knowing yourself and who you are, and constantly honing in your own creative voice.”

Elizabeth’s raw and unapologetic approach to self-help and spirituality has made her a fountain of ever flowing creativity and a grounded voice to listen to. From her Wild Soul Movement workshops to her unfiltered podcast aptly named “Truth Telling”, Elizabeth is the mover and shaker you need to help create some forward momentum in your own life.

“I don’t empower people. I facilitate people empowering themselves.”

In this Podcast, you’ll learn:

  • The benefits of having structure in your day
  • Why feedback is essential to course correction
  • The core foundations of trust
  • Creating a morning ritual in 3 easy steps
  • Knowing when to follow your intuition

Loved this and want more? Check out our other episodes here.

Spark a conversation! Leave a comment below or say hello @alexbeadon on Instagram.

Stay Truthful with Elizabeth:
IG: @elizabethdialto
Website: www.wildsoulmovement.com

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:00
In this episode I speak to Elizabeth DiAlto, a former fitness coach turned spiritual counselor, and comedian on how she structures her week as a business owner. On her nine minute morning routine, on how she is herself on social media, how she creates boundaries, and her relationship with consistency. We talked about how she uses intuition in her business, how she plans her year in advance. And most importantly, we talk about how to learn to trust yourself. This is a fantastic episode for anyone who wants to marry their intuitive side with their strategic side. And for anyone who’s learning how to really step into who they are as a business owner. This is on purpose. Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all? nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived? And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slipped from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath. Relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong. On purpose.

Welcome to Episode 20 of on purpose with Alex Beadon. Guys, I’m feeling so delighted that this episode is going live today because it is with someone who is very near and dear to my heart, Elizabeth DiAlto. When I look back at my life, there are a handful of people who have been incredibly influential in shaping the person I am today. And Elizabeth DiAlto is definitely one of those people for me. She’s been a spiritual mentor to me and has played a crucial part in helping me discover how to connect inwards on a deeper level and really know who I am. I went on one of her retreats back in 2016. And it changed my life. Her podcast was one of the first podcasts I was ever obsessed with. I literally used to listen to every single episode. And so she really introduced me to the power of a podcast, and was the initial inspiration behind my own podcast that you’re currently listening to. She’s such a bright light in this world and being in her presence for the retreat was one of my favorite life experiences. It is such an honor to have her here on the podcast today. And I hope you love her vibe as much as I do. Be sure that if you do love this episode, make sure to tag us both when you listen to today’s episode, when you post it on your stories or wherever you post it. You can find her at Elizabeth DiAlto over on Instagram. That’s Elizabeth DiAlto on Instagram. Before I let you dive into today’s episode, there’s also one last thing that I just want you to note. We actually recorded this episode back in January. And since then, a lot has changed for Elizabeth, she has a much stronger focus on pursuing her comedy. And in this episode, even though she says that she wants to avoid having some type of visual theme on her Instagram account. She now actually has an Instagram theme that has more of a visual theme. So it’s beautiful to see how she gives herself permission to change and evolve and doesn’t judge herself for it. Or try to keep herself in a box. I think you’re going to love this episode, make sure to let me know what you think of it. Enjoy.

I’m so happy that you’re here with me today. On up girl. I

seriously think that like one of the main reasons I started this podcast is because I love your podcast so much. It’s just so glad to hear it. Yeah. So thank you. It is such an honor to have you on the show today. I’m super pumped. So the very first question that I’m going to ask you today is what do you find most nourishing about having your own business?

Elizabeth Dialto 3:58
Freedom? Oh, that’s

Alex Beadon 4:00
a good answer. This is the answer that I’m realizing everyone is saying to like freedom. What does freedom look like to you? Like how do you maximize the freedom? How what does that look like?

Elizabeth Dialto 4:09
Yeah, well, and I love that you asked what’s most nourishing about it because the way I’m built and my personality is like just like very inner authority driven very autonomous. So what’s nourishing to me is not to have to like compromise or sacrifice or deal with other people’s rules, requirements or standards because that I get very stubborn and very rebellious with that. So it’s nourishing to me to not have to feel like I need to like fight for my authority. So for me that looks like being able to the generalization is being able to do whatever I want with whoever I want whenever I want. But in practice what I feel like that sounds like I just do whatever I want every day and like c’est la vie 24/7 Not the case. It just is I choose like, I actually am a person with a lot of structure. Because what I found over the years is that the structure gives me room for freedom gives me room for creative expression allows me to actually do create and be how and who I want to be. So you know, for example, on a very practical way, it looks like I don’t really schedule calls on Mondays or Fridays, not with other people, like I’ll do internal do team calls, but no calls with anyone else, no coaching calls or anything like that. No group calls, no workshops, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday are like the call heavy days, if I’m coaching, if I’m running a live training or doing something like that, if I’m running interviews for my show, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and that just gives me space to have time for creation. Because here’s one of the things for freedom that I realized was so important for me as well. Being able to chunk things in ways that make sense to me. So if I’m doing podcasts, interviews, like all the time, kind of haphazardly, I have to move in and out of mode. So if I’m like writing, then I have to hop on a podcast interview. And then I have to go back to writing that second batch of writing isn’t going to be great writing. So to be able to choose blocks and go, Okay, I’m creating content during this time, I have coaching calls during this time, or I’m going to interview people for the show on this day, I only actually do podcast interviews, like one or two days a month now. So I can like be in the energy of the momentum of having the conversation, you know, so to me, the freedom to structure my time and create how it is that I create is like, that’s really what it looks like, I have plenty of space in the morning. I love doing like morning routine morning walks, I live by the beach, I like to go outside, I like to start my day by feeding myself. So then my energy for the rest of the day to do or create whatever needs to happen in the business. Is there. Yeah,

Alex Beadon 6:50
I love that you said that, that like you, you have the structure. And it’s almost like the structure allows the creativity like room to thrive. Yeah, I couldn’t agree with you more. And I also love that you said that you’d like to take the mornings for yourself, because that leads us nicely into a question that I’m absolutely dying to ask you. Because I feel like you’re the person you’re the perfect person to ask this question to. And the question is, as someone who has all of that free time in the morning, and you’re now at a point in your business where like, you’re not worried about the next paycheck, and like how you’re going to pay your bills, like seems like you got things kind of figured out by now. I’m wondering how that works for you in terms of you being able to, to structure? Sorry, my mind just got completely lost. That’s okay.

Elizabeth Dialto 7:44
Cuz you’re so excited to ask the question. Question. I do that sometimes.

Alex Beadon 7:53
No, okay. So, right, I’m really talking about like hustle and like, play and like you taking the time in the morning to like, get into the right energetic space so that you can show up in your business the way that you want to show up in your business. Looking back, or like, if you had to give advice to people who are just starting out, would you say that that is just as important when you’re starting out as when you’re like, really able to take the time because I know so many people, when they’re just starting out are like, Oh, it’s easy for you to say because like you’re making money now. But like when you’re not making money, and you’re super pressed for time. It’s maybe not as important.

Elizabeth Dialto 8:29
This is a great question. And the answer truly is, it’s actually more important, when you don’t have your money figured out yet. The reason why is because I know what it feels like to wake up in the morning and to first feel gripped by stress or anxiety about how you’re going to pay your bills. How are you going to keep this business going? Or you know, maybe some people are still like working at a job like how are you going to balance everything? How are you going to get everything done? And if that’s you, you have more stress and you have more anxiety, you have more fearful and you have more worrisome thoughts running through your mind. You need the time in the morning to set the day straights, get your energy, right get your mind right before you start doing stuff more, even more than people who like, quote, have it figured out, right? Because the if you’re bringing that fear, that worry that doubt that stress, that anxiety, if you’re bringing that energy to the tasks that you’re doing, that’s going to be the momentum you built. That’s why a lot of people get stuck in those places. I certainly I got stuck there for a while. Because I didn’t realize this I wasn’t I would be like I don’t have time for you to think I’ll do it if I get to it without realizing actually how important it was to study myself in the morning. And here’s the thing, it doesn’t have to be this like intricate morning routine. I have bare minimums because there are days and sometimes it’s not even that I have so much to do. It’s just that the creative energy is flowing and the stuff is coming and I’m like Okay, I gotta get to the computer now because the flow is happening. So I just have a bare minimum. Like, I could spend three hours on my morning routine if I wanted to, but it very a bare minimum, I have like this 10 minute practice that I do.

Alex Beadon 10:03
And so for you, if you’re giving advice to someone and keep in mind, a lot of people listening probably don’t even have a morning practice aren’t even aware of like, the benefits or what they should be doing. So what would you recommend someone to do or focus on for those 10 minutes?

Elizabeth Dialto 10:20
Yeah, actually, I have, I have a nine minute morning ritual that works really amazing. So I’ll even give you an extra minute back, people can just go to wild some movement.com forward slash ritual. But I’ll explain it to you. There’s three parts to it. There’s just like breathing, just breathing, getting into your body. And this, this isn’t just like a female centric practice. This is for men and women, this is about getting present in your body and with yourself in the to start the day. And then there’s a little bit of movement, just moving your body, it doesn’t have to even be exercise. You know, for my for my female clients, it’s more sensual movement, which here’s the thing. If there’s any men listening as well, it doesn’t have to be feminine, sensual movement, but just something that like, moves your body in a way that like brings energy into your body, your you know, you just woke up, even if it’s just some stretching, if you like yoga, maybe it’s like a tiny bit of yoga, that that’s part of actually my mandatory 10 minutes in the morning, I’ll just do two sun salutations. That’s it just to that brings tremendous peace into my system. And then journaling, what’s good and what I want. Because I know how a lot of people’s minds start in the morning, everything I need to do everything I didn’t get done yesterday, I’m already behind. This isn’t good enough, all that kind of stuff. So we just shift the focus to what’s going really well. And what do I want? So we’re focusing on what’s already present that’s working, and what are you working towards. So those three things breathing and getting your body moving around a little bit, however, it is to just like, get present, get here, nourish yourself, you’re also communicating to yourself subconsciously, that you are just as worthy of your time, love, energy and attention as everything and everyone else. Because if you’re immediately going into checking your phone, going on Instagram going on Facebook, the subconscious messages, everything in the external world is much more important than the internal world. And that’s not really gonna help you build sustainable growth, business, income, lifestyle, or really anything that you want.

Alex Beadon 12:19
I love that. And I love that brings us nicely into the next thing, which is about social media and the relationship that you have with social media, because I think you’ve done such a good job number one with I think you started blogging, because to be honest, I can’t remember when I started following you. But I think when I started following you, you were just blogging, then you started the podcast, then you started getting into Instagram, because I know at one point you were and now you are definitely more posting and active. And at the same time, it seems like you do a good job of keeping your distance but still engaging with it enough to keep people interested and to allow people to have a connection with your message and your business and what it is that you do. So can you talk to me a little bit about that. And the evolution of that?

Elizabeth Dialto 13:05
Yeah, I love this question. Because it I’m still in the evolution of that. Because, you know, it’s funny, this kind of goes back to the first thing like that freedom and how I rebel against like other people’s rules. I’ve tried, especially with Instagram, I’ve tried to get into like, doing what people tell you you’re supposed to do on Instagram. And I just can’t like the curated feed where like every other picture is like perfect, and it looks like this. And it looks like a checkerboard. I actually love other people’s. I’m like, This is amazing. I just can’t do it. Yeah, I’m not built that way. Because it’s too plan. It’s too contrived. In some cases. It’s just not my game. Yeah. So. But what I realized and also too, so there’s two parts, there’s like the engaging and the choosing what to post. But then there’s the checking. Yeah, I go through phases where I might find myself in this like phase of incessant checking, and I’m like, this is a problem. Why am I doing this. And so I’ve taken some breaks. Most recently, I took like two and a half weeks off social media, it was glorious. And I realized that I wasn’t checking social media all the time, I had more time for studying, learning, the things that I love to do to hone my craft and my skills. And also, you know, my inner my inner own work, you know, reading books that I had been wanting to read watching videos, writing a lot more writing, because you’re correct. I used to blog way more I started the podcast, I basically stopped blogging. And so now I’m getting more into writing and also finding my voice in a different way. And what’s cool about social media is on Instagram, I’ve never been one to just like post the picture with like a short caption. I write on Instagram, like I’ll write meaningful posts. So in a way over the last few years, treating Instagram that way, I didn’t even realize this until recently, has also been like a creative writing practice and platform for me, that has helped me to find my voice. Because, you know, I like anyone. I’m a dynamic person. So I have an intellectual side I have a spiritual side. I Have an outrageous sense of humor, I find a lot of ridiculous thing to be so freakin funny. And like, That’s My nature, my nature is to goof around much more than it is to be serious. Yeah. And I’m also like, deep, but I’m also reflective. And I get to express all of that in whatever way I feel like on Instagram. So people get to see that this is a real dynamic person. And it’s funny, because I was also reflecting on this recently, like a year and a half ish out of a relationship. And I had been with the person who was like, just couldn’t was really triggered by my full expression. And I remember, I posted this really hilarious thing on Instagram one day, and I literally remember the day and the post when he was like, I don’t think you should post stuff like that. I don’t think people are gonna take you seriously. And for whatever reason, I believed him. And I started scaling back on expressing that part of myself. And then what’s hilarious once I got out of a relationship, and I just like kind of just was able to go back to being me because I wasn’t being criticized all the time. by another person who lived in my house.

I realized that it’s like people’s favorite thing. Yeah. A big part of who you are, it really

is. And so you know, we all have our relationship. I was I had some codependency stuff I had to work through. And so now that I don’t do that anymore, it’s really fun. And it’s really cool. And it’s really encouraging to see. And I love that Instagram now has this highlights feature, but because people ask me all the time, they’re like, can you please just like record your laugh. And so what I’ve started doing is saving and pinning the and highlighting the Insta Stories where I’m like laughing and being ridiculous. So I have, I have three highlights on my Insta Stories. Right now I have Beach, because people love what I share, like beautiful. I live in Malibu and by the beach. I love nature is a big part of my life. I have laughs and I have dolphins, because dolphins are amazing. Yeah,

Alex Beadon 16:51
three great things.

Elizabeth Dialto 16:53
And so in terms of the evolution, but like those are kind of always the things that I’m figuring out, what is the appropriate balance and integration for where I am right now. And for what feels important to me. You know, my message is always evolving and expanding anyway. So, you know, there was a while but I was like, I’m not gonna post memes anymore. And I was like, there’s so much great content that is really in line with, you know, what I believe in? And what is my message? And like, why not? Like, I like sharing? Why would I not? Why do I feel the need to create everything from scratch when there’s so much great stuff already out there. So that’s the phase that I went through when I was like, I can’t share anyone else’s stuff. I need to be original 24/7. And I was like, Nope, there’s so much great stuff. So I’m constantly saving, I love that quote, I love that meme. Like I’m constantly stockpiling stuff. So I can share it again later. And what also is a place where I’ve had to experiment and realize what are my boundaries is in responding to people’s comments. So even today is even a great example, at the time of recording this, I posted a quote from a recent podcast episode of my own. And a friend of mine asked me to elaborate on it. And I was like, I’m not going to do that. Like, I don’t want to, I don’t need to like I don’t owe people any kind of explanation, like, what actually makes them one thing that I have the time or the desire to like spend 15 minutes explaining my quote to them on Instagram, like, go listen to the podcast episode. And I don’t say that to sound like a jerk. But it’s like it’s a boundary because some people do that. Some people are they’re just like on social media all day. And to me, that’s not a way I feel a need to engage with people. That’s why I have a podcast, I have a lot of free content for people. So that I’m happy to go here do this. And maybe I feel that way. Because I also have a lot of clients, I run programs, I run teacher trainings, I speak I run live events, I’m creating a lot of stuff. So it doesn’t make any sense to me for free to take time to over explain myself to people on my social media platforms. It’s just that it’s not how I roll. I have no judgment, if that’s what you want to do. I’m not interested in spending my time like that.

Alex Beadon 19:01
I love so much of what you just said number one, I love how you were like, I know there’s so many like strategies and things I should be doing on Instagram. But like that’s not for me. I like that you’re just doing it in your way. Number two, I like that you’re like, consciously thinking about how to inject your personality, like how to actually use the the format as a way to express yourself. I think so many people are just like, so busy looking at what everyone else is doing and like how like trying to strategize how to stand out or whatever. And it’s like, actually, if you just be yourself and just have fun with it. Like that’s, that’s really all that’s required and like, inject your message into it. You’re good to go. So yeah, I loved all of that.

Elizabeth Dialto 19:46
Yeah, yeah. And then what I started to do recently because I just had such a desire to spend less time on social media is I hired someone to like do the posting for me. And I created a team account. So I’m actually I just started So I’m not all up in it yet, but I’m gonna actually phase out of responding to comments and DMS and stuff, I probably won’t ever phase it out completely because I like it. I enjoy it. It’s like fun. And I enjoy that interaction. But in terms of like, if people are asking for like resources, or where’s the link or whatever, like, I don’t need to respond to that, but nor am I interested in having someone respond as me. Yeah. To me, that feels inauthentic. So we created a team Elizabeth account. And so if you follow me on Instagram, you’ll be seeing that sometimes I’m not gonna respond. But you’ll see someone on my team being like, Oh, hey, you can find that over here. Because it’s just like, that’s not a high leverage activity for me to be an Internet Librarian for people.

Alex Beadon 20:44
And, and a librarian, that’s brilliant. Okay, great. So talk to me now about your relationship with consistency. And like constantly having to put out podcast episodes and like just trying to be consistent with the content that you’re putting out.

Elizabeth Dialto 21:01
Yeah, so this was back when I was blogging, and I had a YouTube channel consistency was really hard for me, because I felt like I was having to force myself to do stuff. Ever since I started the podcast, consistency has never been an issue for me again, because I love the podcast. And it’s like really Zona genius for me. So it’s just easy. And, and over time, we’ve just developed better systems and structures like like, even now, I’m only doing podcast interviews, like maybe two days of surely one day, but maybe an extra day, out of the month. Because then things are batched. They’re done ahead of time. I can record the intro separately. Like I write all that I write on my own copy anything you ever read on my website, or my things like I write my stuff myself. And that’s important to me. And so the consistency is easy for me because we batch things. But I was doing things a little more haphazardly. Anytime I find myself under the gun, that’s not great. That’s not going to be when I create my bad stuff. So with the podcast, we’re usually batched out minimally one month, and so we’re always at least four to six weeks ahead of ourselves. So whenever crunched for time, whenever under pressure, you know, we have plenty of time and space for everything to get done with all the moving parts. So that’s really easy to be consistent. And then what I’ve done now with Instagram is I’ve just, we, what we post on Instagram, we post on Facebook, I don’t really have a Facebook strategy, because I don’t I Instagram just feels more enjoyable to me. So we just like post everything on Facebook, every post on Instagram. But I just I for me, it was easier to organize by having some general themes. So on Tuesdays, Tuesday is the day that for my posts, I like to share some kind of like really beautiful, like awe inspiring nature. And whether it’s a picture I’ve taken myself at the beach or whether it’s something I find I follow all the like the ocean, the National Geographic, the nature accounts, I follow all of those on Instagram. So I’m constantly stockpiling pictures from them. So today’s the day that I like to share something like that. I do feel good Friday, where it’s like funny and heartwarming memes all day. Wednesdays are like wild. So Wednesday, so we’ll share maybe we’ll do an Oracle reading from my Oracle deck. Or maybe we’ll share a quote from the Sunday sermon podcast episode. You know, Mondays, we always post a quote from our most recent podcast episode that just went up Thursdays now we since I do two different types of podcasts episode a week, we’ll share a little snippet, a clip, an audio clip from the Sunday sermon, or the Monday podcast, I don’t remember which one, but it just gives us a second chance to share the podcast and in a different way to encourage people to like go check it out if like that, quote resonated for them, or whatever. So we’re basically mining quotes from our own stuff. And using that as well to populate the Instagram, as well as just like having some posts throughout the week where I’m like sharing something about myself or something that I do and then asking people like, what do you do for this? Like, where do you go to reconnect to yourself? Or, you know, what’s your favorite thing to do in the morning? Or like, what’s something ridiculous that made you laugh until you thought you’re gonna pee your pants? You know, like, thought you were gonna die laughing. So, yeah, those types of things. And again, for me, just having those little themes and those little things to weave in throughout the week is just it gives me the space to express what I’m wanting to express in the with the dynamics and the the fullness of expression. But it’s not contrived. Yeah. And here’s the other thing, if it’s even in the plan, even though I’m having someone posts for me, throughout the course of the week, there’s a couple spots where it just says spontaneous by Elizabeth, right. So it’s like, it’s still built in whatever I feel like posting that day. It’s not just like, Oh, I saw a friend of mine showed me like her her social media plan. And there was this one category that was called like, personal share. And I’m like, Well, I’m not going to do that because I’m not going to queue up a vulnerable post just because it’s Tuesday. At 3pm, you know, and again, I don’t have judgment for that. And you know, but like, that’s not how I roll. So it needs, there’s still probably, if we’re posting, I don’t know how many times, maybe 1215 times a week on Instagram. Four or five of those spots about a third of it is spontaneous, right?

Alex Beadon 25:20
I love how just listening to you talk about your business, I feel like you’re a business artists like you treat your business like art. You’re like, this works for me, this doesn’t work for me. And you really make it customized to who you are, and the way that you want your business and life to be reflected. So my question is, Have you always been that way in business? Like, what was the aha moment where you were like, Oh, I don’t have to do it the way everyone else is doing it or whatever? Like, I’m sure you must have grown into that. Yeah.

Elizabeth Dialto 25:51
So I’ve always been, I’ve always been myself. I actually remember it’s, it’s rampant now. But a couple years ago, when people first started talking more about authenticity, I remember being like, What the hell is this about? Like, why? Who needs people to teach them how to be themselves? Yeah, I didn’t get it. Because I always just was myself. I was always comfortable being myself. But then I, what I began to understand was that a lot of people were not didn’t have that kind of confidence for all kinds of reasons to do with, like, their self esteem, their upbringing, you know, was their home encouraging when they were young? Were they encouraged to be creative or not, you know, all kinds of things. And I was like, okay, cool. So I developed a lot more compassion for that. But I also realized in business there’s, we’re learning so much constantly, like, the same way we have to, like unpack our childhood core wounds, to be like healthy, emotional, and responsible, mature adults. I feel like an entrepreneurship, it’s similar. So like, my, my entrepreneur, linear, my entrepreneur lineage is Marie Forleo. I did the school, I did Marie’s mastermind back when she was still doing it. That was the that was my first place I learned about entrepreneurship. And so as I’ve grown and developed over the years, I’ve also had to on wind, some of the stuff that I learned from, like Marie, and friends, that just doesn’t resonate for me anymore with where I am. And again, it’s not making those things wrong or bad. But it’s just going, okay, cool. Some of it works for me and my personality and who I am and how I’m built and how I want to do things, what feels in alignment for me, some of it really does it. And I go through phases, like, I’m basically always experimenting, going, does this align right now? Or does it not? Right, and I’m willing to go back and forth and do things, you know, and there’s also with different customer avatars for different programs, it does make sense to communicate certain ways. And in other ways it doesn’t. Something I also really realized is that, like, I grow and evolve, spiritually, and personally, I’m like, constantly working on that, because I love it, it’s just part of who I am. I also have to really make the effort to tap into where my people are at. And make sure I’m not just trying to take them on the journey I’m on. But I’m going where are they and meeting them where they are. And I think social media is an amazing opportunity to keep our finger on the pulse of where our people are, by using it as well to kind of like, do little little mini surveys all the time, where postings until like, agree or disagree. I’m constantly paying attention to where my people are, like, their level of consciousness experience perspectives, what’s triggering for them? What do they get really excited about? Is that make sense? So yeah, a lot of it is social experimentation.

Alex Beadon 28:30
I want to dive into that before I forget about it. Because that was just so I love what you said how you’re like you, you’re focused on where they are at and like, what their level of understanding is, so that you can best serve them. And social media kind of helps you connect the dots in that way. But also, it’s interesting, because as a business owner, especially for me, like sometimes it’s like, I just want to kind of like always be talking about what excites me and like what I’m really intuit that at that time. So is it that you just made like this conscious decision that like, this is what you’re focused on? Like, and how does it evolve? Like, where do you draw the line between like, I want to bring people up with me?

Elizabeth Dialto 29:10
This totally relates to the question you asked me before this about, you know, learning and unlearning, as if through entrepreneurship, right? Because there are things that people say that you should and shouldn’t do. Yeah. You know, so one of the things that I realized is this piece of advice that until you’re something you’re nothing, meaning, it makes more sense to be like I do women’s empowerment than like, I do Self Help for everybody. Yeah. So I think what’s really important are these foundational pieces of knowing yourself and who you are, and constantly honing in your own creative voice. And part of that comes from staying connected to and constantly refining your value. I’ll use your priorities and your message. And knowing like the core elements of your message. So for me, core elements of my message are always everything you’ve ever needed. It has always been inside of you. So I really believe empowerment. I don’t empower people, I facilitate people empowering themselves. And that’s very clear through my work, I’m not trying to be a guru, people treat me like when people put me on a pedestal, right, and that’s okay, they’re gonna do that, I had to get used to that, I would try to constantly be like, I resisted it for a really long time. And that might ease my message a little bit, but I was like, human nature, they’re going to do it, I’m gonna let them because I trust myself, I know, I’m responsible, I’m never going to take advantage of people, I’m never going to abuse that power. And I’m always going to so part of my messaging is always reflecting back on to people reminding them that like, it’s, it’s everything is inside of you, it’s yours. So that’s a core part of my message. The Value Trust, the value of trusting yourself and trusting in life is a core part of my message, the value of knowing the difference between judgment and discernment, a core part of my message, the body is sacred core part of my message, right? compassion, kindness, forgiveness, generosity, core values for me and who I am freedom, justice. And then truth telling storytelling, yeah, sharing responsibly, though, right? Not like oversharing not doing the whole, like, I need to be vulnerable for a minute. Again, I’m not judging that for people who do that, it’s just not my style. Because to me, there’s a line between when we are being genuine, and we’re when we’re performing. And so that’s not my style, you won’t catch performance on my stuff. We go through phases, we go through phases to try things out. Sometimes we overshare. And then we have the vulnerability hangover. And we’re like, Ah, that was too much good to know, you know, so we could just like, it’s like constant course correction.

Alex Beadon 31:56
Okay, so I want to talk about how you use your intuition when it comes to your business, because I have a feeling you use it for probably everything, but more specifically, when it comes to like planning your year, or when it comes to planning for the future. Like, what is the difference between, okay, I’ve made these plans, and I’m going to stick to them. And like, Okay, I’ve made these plans. But now that I’m actually here, I’m going to change my mind and do something different. What is that like for you?

Elizabeth Dialto 32:22
Yeah, similar. The last thing I said, there’s constant course correction. So what I have learned to do is to plan like the big rocks, and also my business model is in a place, I think this is a cool conversation, there’s a difference between being a person who has a lot of offerings and being a person who has a business model. And for many years, I just had a lot of offerings, but I didn’t have a business model. And in the last three years, I’ve really been tweaking and honing the foundation of the model. Because once the foundational things are in place, and there’s like consistent revenue coming in, you then can know like, what we need to hire people, we need to do more things, we can’t do everything. If I don’t have the revenue for it, right? Like even this year, our revenue is higher than it’s been and the people I need to hire, I can’t nest I don’t necessarily have the budget to hire everyone I’d like to hire right now. So we have to prioritize, we have to pick and choose. And so what is helpful is to focus on service number one is the most important thing, but also be smart enough to go What’s the easiest path to cash, if we’re needing some more support, what’s the easiest way to be in service and make money. So even I had taken a break from one on one clients. And I went back to it because it’s the easiest way for me to just like inject some extra revenue. And so I just I had to rework how I work with one on one clients, so that it feels like find it exciting for me. And it actually is a service. And it’s not just like, I need money, who wants to work with me. Because if the energy are coming from as I need money, that’s not really that’s not attractive. So I had to kind of like, come back to, you know, being willing to do some things that aren’t necessarily like my highest excitement, and figuring out how to get them to be really exciting, so that I could do them so that we could fuel the things in the business because I invested so much in the business last year, like I haven’t done the tax break down yet, but I probably just broke even last year, I don’t think I had any massive kind of profits last year, because it was just like, back in the business back in the business. It was a very growth oriented Yeah, like, put the money towards what will grow the business like building the foundations. We also deconstructed a lot of stuff to reconstruct it. And so I share all that so long winded answer to the question, because it’s not just black and white. You’re constantly growing and changing. You’re constantly growing and changing often will launch a program and be like, Oh my god, I hated that program. Yeah, the content was awesome, but I hated doing it. How can I do it in a way that’s still a good service and valuable for people, but delivering it in a way that’s more aligned For me, that makes more sense for me. And so I’m tweaking and stuff like that. So we’ll put the big rocks in the calendar. The other thing is, I’ll commit myself to the year, I’ll be like, this is the plan, we’re gonna do it. Even if I have to, like finish out the year kicking and screaming, because we’ll learn. And then we can correct course next year, I what I had done earlier on in my career that was really not helpful, was constantly just like kind of flying by the seat of my pants or being too, too spontaneous, and not giving myself the chance to feel something out. Because I don’t know if anyone listening here, if you haven’t done it, it’s well worth it to do the Colby index. So you can see like how you actually, Colby is an assessment that helps you see how you are productive. I have high quick start. So my energy is really high in the beginning of a project, but towards the end of it, that’s when I start to taper off. My team knows that about me. And it’s their job to get me across the finish line. Right? You know what I mean? So it’s important, again, to know yourself and commit to things for a long enough term in your business to go to even know if it worked or not. Because sometimes, like the first time you run a program, that’s not necessarily indicative indicative of how it is. Yeah, because there’s a there’s a magical element always. So the first time you do anything, so to run something a second or a third time, and then be like, Oh, okay, I see, here’s what we need. Here’s what we could do a little better. And something I hadn’t also done that I was really lazy about the first few years was I wasn’t serving my people. Now we survey people a couple times a year in general, the audience, but then programs like as soon as they’re over, we’re like sending out that survey, we’re getting the feedback, what was good, what needs work, and we’re willing, there was like a little ego involved. For me. This was like a fun spiritual bypass. Like, right? No, I really felt like everything was divinely inspired. And I’m surrendering, and I’m just like, trusting what wants to come through. But that also meant that I wasn’t necessarily paying attention to what people were telling me was effective or not. Yeah, I was just doing what I wanted to do. Which answers part of your question as well, instead of going and what’s effective for people? And how can I also consider that people learn differently. Some people want to read the transcripts, some people want the audio, some people want the video component, some people are going to be in a Facebook group, some people are never going to be in a Facebook group. So how can I have all these different supportive elements so that depending on how people learn, they can still engage with what I’m creating, yeah, in a way that’s going to be impactful and effective and useful for them.

Alex Beadon 37:30
If you’ve created something, and you have a plan, you’re going to launch it and whatever, at some point in time, during the launch, you’re like, Oh, I really don’t want to do this, like, this just feels icky, but you’re sticking to it. And you’re like, pushing through, what is the process of bringing yourself to alignment, even though you feel all of that resistance.

Elizabeth Dialto 37:56
So I don’t, I don’t have the experience of launching an actual thing that I didn’t want to provide. But I have the experience this happened last summer of during my launch, realizing that some of the marketing wasn’t aligned for me. So I just straight up, called it out and corrected course right in the middle of it. And that’s me. And that is also me being in alignment with my message, right? Because that was during my wild soul movement launch. And that program is all about connecting to your intuition and trusting yourself. Right? It was really easy for me to send out an email to be like, Hey, y’all, I’m actually not comfortable with this thing that I said on the webinar the other day, and it would be very hypocritical of me to have this intuition and not share it with you and not correct myself. So I’m sharing this if it’s a turn off for you, cool. But you know, for everyone else who’s on board, you know, here’s, here’s the deal, like everyone, everyone can have this bonus, it’s not just for the people who can make it live.

Alex Beadon 38:50
I love how you have such like this deep trust and faith, or at least it seems to be that way. And maybe now it’s easier for you because things are going better in your business. But when you were just getting started, because I know you had a pretty different journey when you first started, you started out in fitness, and then kind of moved into this more spiritual path. But when you first started and you were struggling to make ends meet or struggling to hit the numbers that you wanted to hit, how did that faith and trust play out for you? Were you just as as faithful then as you are today?

Elizabeth Dialto 39:29
No, no, no, I wasn’t that because this is part of that this is part of the work. So there’s that saying you teach what you need to learn. And you know, you’re you’re I think, are you in what? I know you came to one of my weekends, but are you in wild some movement? Do you have the program to or now I do. Okay, cool. I thought you did. So you know, two of the first sections of wild some movement about surrender, release, trust and receiving. And so that was really medicine I needed. And so through my own work through my own program and developing that stuff, I learned how to do those things. That was not the case for me. I wasn’t I was still very much in my original conditioning that of like, there’s never enough, right? It never was really, for me so much like, I’m not enough, but it was like there’s, there’s, it’s there’s never enough money. And really just like I had some real scarcity mindset stuff going on. So I had to I had to I had to work through that stuff do a lot of like forgiveness and emotional release and stuff around that to get to a healthier place with money, and healthier relationship to money and visit. And so. And that all really helped me to just be more faithful. So even now, you know, and again, just because a business is doing is generating more revenue doesn’t necessarily mean it’s generating more profit. So last year for me, it was a big year, it was a year of lower more revenue, but lower profit, because it just like a couple of things that I had planned. And again, I’m always experimenting with stuff couple things really did not go the way I thought they would go. And also, it was a very deep year personal healing for me. So I just didn’t have the bandwidth for my business that I had had in previous years, it was very much a personally focus here from last year. So where that faith was really tested are times when money was a little tighter than I had gotten accustomed to, which was really cool and really humbling. Because we kind of live in a world where we get the impression that everyone’s businesses grow every year, whatever the case, like that’s just like, it’s not how it’s supposed to be. That’s not That’s not it’s an interesting, like expectations slash assumption that people make. But so that wasn’t the case for me last year, we didn’t grow last year. And it was it was really cool to have the experience and go and also I didn’t die. I didn’t go out of business. My confidence wasn’t shattered. We just did some stuff that didn’t work. I didn’t take it personally, I didn’t make it about me. So that that is kind of the difference between how I used to take things more personally, and be doubtful and fearful and worried maybe this isn’t going to work. But like, at no point was I like concerns that the business wasn’t going to work. I was like cool. Like, we just need to figure out a better way to do things. Yeah, we got some great, great lessons in contrast of like, what wasn’t working, what didn’t work, things we’ve been doing. And what essentially it happened is the business outgrew me, we needed more help, like I needed more support. I was personally trying to like still shoulder too much. Things had just gotten bigger than for just me and a couple of people to handle. So just we really needed some extra support a little strategic support. And we needed to like analyze the business and go, Okay, what’s working, what’s not working? That is a place where I had been irresponsible before. I wasn’t really evaluating things. After we went through it. I was just continuing to try new things instead of going, how that work, like what can we take with us? What do we need to ditch. But again, I bring this in because one of the things that I’ve really developed is the balance, right? Part of where my trust and faith comes now is just like the very practical grounded things of like, I know how my business works. Yeah. And I have data I was in the years where things weren’t going? Well, it’s because I was not paying any attention to the data.

Alex Beadon 43:03
I love that. Yeah. It doesn’t sound fun. Yeah. And this is something that I see a lot of people struggle with. They’re like, even when it comes to things like strategy, it’s like they’re so put off by it, because they just like go with the flow, which may be if that’s working for some people great. But like at the end of the day, I think it’s a mixture of both right? Like, you have to find that balance between using your intuition and trusting your guts, and then having like, fail proof, maybe nothing’s fail proof. But you know what I mean?

Elizabeth Dialto 43:36
And I think, you know, where the intuition comes in, for me is in making decisions, right? It’s in making those pivots. It’s in, you know, order of operations type things, right? It’s like, is this the project? Is this the next best thing? Or is it not? Do I actually need to put that on the burner, and be patient about that we could do that later. You know, that’s where the intuition really comes in. It’s like, I listen to the intuition. And then I take the action based on the intuition. So it’s not just like, flowing all the time. I’ll be super honest, I don’t know anyone who is in flow all the time that doesn’t have any kind of structure that actually has a successful business. Yeah, they might get paid by people to do a variety of things, but I wouldn’t call it a business.

Alex Beadon 44:17
So I remember what my question was, I wanted to ask you, when you were doing your fitness stuff before, and then you decided to completely change topic. What was that like for you? How did you know that that was the next best step for you? And what advice would you give people who are in that weird phase where they’re still trying to figure out like, what should my topic be watching my message be?

Elizabeth Dialto 44:40
Yeah, this is a fun question, because it might have looked on the exterior like it was, Oh, I just I flipped. I’m doing this now. But for me, that was actually a transition that took over a year because I had had the initial intuition, the initial inkling, the initial poll to start talking about stuff much deeper. Beyond fitness beyond working out more around working in. And I at that time this was back in 2012, I was inspired by people like Danielle Laporte. Like I remember thinking, she just writes about whatever she wants to write about, I want to be able to do that. And so I had to transition I had to start introducing like, different types of things and kind of weaving them in and connecting them. That’s actually how wild soul movement was born, because I still wanted the work to revolve around the body, right? Because it wasn’t this like hard transition. It was actually like this. It was an evolution. It just was like, it made sense to like, go here next in the exploration. And so I just started by using social media, primarily Facebook, to ask people questions. Have you guys ever thought about this? What do you think about this, and noticing how people felt about things. And people were really engaging in those conversations, which is why I had started my first Facebook group a couple years ago, that I since closed, and then I started another one, and then close that one, too. I’m not into free Facebook groups anymore. But for me, it was about letting my curiosity lead the way, right, and bringing people along with me through my curiosity, and then realizing cool, a lot of my people are curious about the same things. I’m curious. And of course, there were people who wanted me to stay in fitness. And they weren’t into the deeper conversations I wanted to have. And I lost those people. And there’s no shortage of fitness people on the internet. So I just trusted that they would find someone else. And what’s cool right now is I’m actually in another shift like that, where wild soul movement isn’t going away, like fitness went away, I stopped doing fitness, I’m not going to stop doing the wild soul movement or women’s empowerment work, but it’s not going to be the core of my work anymore. Now I’m going to core focus more in on trust and truth telling. And we’re building out a trust assessment. I don’t know when this is going live. But the trust assessment will be out by March, to kind of help people see how much they trust themselves, and how their trust differs in different areas of their life, their health, their wealth, their relationships, and their their knowing of themselves their personal growth, right?

Alex Beadon 47:01
Oh, exciting.

Elizabeth Dialto 47:04
Because this to like, trust has always been a part of my work in having bigger conversations, as they relate not just to women’s empowerment, but you know, society and culture, the change, social change, and things that are like, there’s a lot of stuff going on in our world, that really isn’t okay, that’s finally coming to the surface to be healed and transformed and transmuted. And I love that. And I have a lot of tools, a lot of skills and a lot of practice to contribute to that. So we’re shifting into this. And while some of it will still be wild, some movement, we’re just opening up the doors and opening up the gates to more people in a more digestible, relatable way. But that will still be on our end, high value high service and in the wheelhouse of what we know how to do.

Alex Beadon 47:46
I love that so much. Okay, so I’m just imagining the listeners. And I think it would be great for you to just give a little bit of an explanation as to how to know, if you don’t trust yourself.

Elizabeth Dialto 48:01
So there’s four reliable trust indicators. One of them is consistency, if you’re able to be consistent, that demonstrates trust, because you’re not second guessing you’re not doubting you’re not stopping and starting. And this will show up in different ways. So in health, for example, if you don’t trust yourself or your body to know what you need, you might start and stop different workout programs all the time, different diets all the time, right. But people who are just comfortable with food and movement, that indicates trust. So consistency is one confidence is another when you are confident, you know that that exists on a spectrum, right? So people, you might be a little confident you might be super confident. When you’re confident you are not battling the self esteem, the self worth issues that some people do or that maybe you have in the past, right? Confidence is something you really build confidence comes from evidence. So you’ve done the work to become a more confident person. And again, confidence will show itself in different ways in different areas of your life. In E is another reliable trust indicator. And ease doesn’t mean stuff is easy, but it means you’re able to approach and move through things with ease. So that means very little stress, very little resistance, very little fear, very little doubt. Because those things all inhibit to trust. And then what’s also cool is the emotion of guilt is a reliable trust indicator. Because if you feel guilty about things you don’t trust, because Brene Brown says shame is I am bad. Guilt is I did something bad. So if we’re feeling like we did something wrong, or we did something bad, we’re not trusting that everything’s always working out in our favor. So those those four things are really simple ways to look at the different areas of your life and go cool. Where am I going To start, where am I confident where where do I have ease and flow? Right? Where do I feel guilty? And those things will show you how trusting you are or not as well the assessment.

Alex Beadon 50:11
I love it. Thank you so much for explaining that.

And now I’m going to ask you my wrap up questions. Are you ready? I love this. Yeah.

Okay, so the first question is, what is the one thing you do that has been a non negotiable in the success of your business?

Elizabeth Dialto 50:31
Be myself

Alex Beadon 50:33
share a mindset that every entrepreneur needs to succeed.

Elizabeth Dialto 50:37
No. Everyone is so different. Yeah. So but I so blanket questions like that, like, what does everyone need to do? So um, what

Alex Beadon 50:52
about you? How about that? What was a mindset that shifted things for you as an entrepreneur?

Elizabeth Dialto 50:58
Really, everything’s always working out in my favor. So it’s kind of like that, Byron, Katie, everything is happening for you, not to you. Like even when there’s like a perceived failure, like I just don’t believe in mistakes. You learn from everything, you pivot, you get up, you keep going,

Alex Beadon 51:12
like, okay, fill in the blank, the world would be a better place if more people knew

Elizabeth Dialto 51:18
how to trust themselves.

Alex Beadon 51:20
The book that changed my life was

Elizabeth Dialto 51:24
how much time you got you follow me on social media? You know, I’m such a nerd. But let me let me think I’ll give awakening Shakti that was one for sure.

Alex Beadon 51:33
Like, okay, and lastly, I would like you to challenge our listeners to do something. So to take some kind of action step after they’ve listened to this over the next week. What is one thing that you would like for them to do?

Elizabeth Dialto 51:50
I want people to pay attention to how much they trust themselves and in what in which areas of their lives so pay attention to your your choices and your health, your choices in your wealth to do with like money and career, your choices in your relationships and your choices in your, towards yourself, how you treat yourself, and see how much trust you have in each of those areas. It’s fascinating.

Alex Beadon 52:12
Thank you so much for listening to today’s episode. If you enjoyed it, I would love for you to give me a shout out on your Instagram story or anywhere. Just letting me know what your biggest takeaway was. You guys have no idea how helpful and useful it is for me, when you message me telling me what your aha moments were telling me what it is that you took away from the podcast. It helps me understand what is most valuable to you. And it helps me understand how I can be of the highest service to you. So if you could take two minutes to do that. I would really appreciate it. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope to hear from you over on Instagram. You can find me at Alex Beadon, and I will talk to you again very soon. Bye

Oh my gosh, you guys look how amazing this shrimp Serrata cocktail looks meet Beatrice an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you.

I’m all two of you. Well,

I guess I’m just here by myself now. Why don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www.dot gram-slam.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.

#019 – Q&Alex – Anxiety, Focus, Audience-building & Apps for Insta

You’ve got even more questions. She can’t wait to answer them. Alex gets in her zone with a hot list of burning questions from yours truly: YOU.

Welcome to the second installment of Q&Alex, where she answers a wide range of questions from Staying Focused on your Goals to Finding your Online Tribe, and everything in between.

Welcome to On Purpose.

In this Podcast, you’ll learn:

  • How to stay focused, clear and confident
  • How to overcome anxiety
  • Building a loyal online community
  • The apps Alex uses to plan IG content
  • & What she thinks of her boyfriend Nick

Shownotes:
Megan Minn’s Course: Asana HQ
Q&ALEX #1

Holla at your girl:
IG: @alexbeadon
Facebook: Alex Beadon
Website: www.alexbeadon.com

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:00
In today’s episode, I talk about how to stay focused, clear and confident How To Overcome Anxiety, how to build a loyal online community. I talk about the apps I use to plan my Instagram content. And I even describe my boyfriend’s Nick. I hope you enjoyed this episode. This is on purpose. Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all, nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived. And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slip from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath, relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong. On purpose.

Hey, friends,

it’s Alex Beadon. Here, you’re listening to episode number 19 of On Purpose with Alex Beadon, and I’m coming to you from London, here in England. And it’s a beautiful day. I’m sitting on the floor as I speak to you, I’m feeling really ready to go home, I go home back to Trinidad tomorrow. And it literally I don’t know how to describe it. It feels like every cell in my body is just impatient. Like I just can’t wait to step off the plane, put my feet on solid ground there in the Caribbean. And look my boyfriend in the eye and just walk into my home and surround myself by the covers of my own bed. Like all of those things sounds so good to me right now. Because for the past 30 days I’ve been traveling when I get home, I will have only been home for two days of the past 30. So I’m just so excited. Like it really brings it I don’t know man contrast. I don’t know if you guys are obsessed with contrast as I am. I love contrast in life. contrast in life is like the good and the bad. And anything that you experience in life. Whether it’s good or bad is just highlighting contrast for you. It shows you what is important to you. It shows you what matters to you. And this last month of travel has been amazing. Because I’ve gotten to watch my best friend get married. I’ve gotten to go on a friend’s moon with her. And Colombia, I went to Colombia for the very first time, I got to go to Italy for the first time I got to watch my sister trying wedding dresses, all of these things are amazing things. And they were once in a lifetime. And I appreciate them with my entire being. And simultaneously being away from home for this long and traveling so frequently in such a short period of time. It’s just shown me how much I value being at home. Right? How wonderful it is to have a routine, how wonderful it is to be, well, I live with my boyfriend. So how wonderful it is to live with him see him every day and just get to experience life together. This month, we’ve been apart for quite a long time we’ve been together and apart and together and apart. And so it’s just making me feel so grateful for all of the things that await me at home. And so I say all that with a big smile on my face. I’m so so so grateful for the last month and simultaneously so excited to get back home. So today I was feeling a little nervous. I was like what am I going to talk to you guys about because honestly, my mind my brain has been all over the place. Even in the past week, I’ve been pretty stable at my parents house in Melbourne. And it still felt tumultuous because we had one of my dad’s friends come and visit for two days. And then we had undress who was my sister’s fiance. And then as his family came to visit for about four or five days. And so it’s there’s been a lot of socializing a lot of spending time with people a lot of busyness surrounding me. And so I wanted to show up today and give you guys something that was super valuable. So I decided to answer some of your questions. And so I asked you on Instagram a few days ago, if you could hop on a phone call with me and ask me anything. Talk to me about anything, what would you want to talk about? And I got so many answers. So I’m gonna do my best to get through as many of these questions as I possibly can. I’m gonna set my timer right now, because we all know that I could probably talk on and on and on and on. And I want to make sure that I know how long this podcast is. Because i Everyone knows one thing is that I don’t like to waste your time and I like to be a value. Okay, so I have written down all of your questions in the order that they were received, except for the first question, we’re going to start on a really strong note. So let’s dive in. Let’s dive in. Also, just to let you guys know if you hear your question, but I use a different name. It’s because I couldn’t find your first name online. I think it definitely adds a personalized feel when I can include your first name But if I just, if it’s not your name, I apologize. I couldn’t find online. So I just made up a name instead. So there you go. So the first question is from Derr, who said, What is the first thing you’re going to do when you get home, I think I’m going to walk through those doors. And I’m just going to like, do a happy dance of just like twirling in my living room, I this massive living room space. Or I’ll be so tired, because let’s be real, I’m going to be exhausted. That I’ll come home and the very first thing I’ll do is take a shower, because I hate there’s nothing worse than being in an airport all day long, and then coming home, and like I just can’t I have to shower showers like number one on the list. Number Number Number One. Luckily for me, Nick is coming to pick me up from the airport. So I will already have hugged him and kissed him and given him all my love. And then I’ll get home, do a happy dance and get in the shower. That I just had to start the episode off with that because I’m, I’m literally so excited to get home. Tomorrow, guys tomorrow, what’s happening? Okay, so the actual first question is from Bernice, Bernie says, How do you? How do you get focused and clear? How do you get focused and clear? So for me being focused and clear is all about being intentional and taking the time? Oh, there was my phone, I’m getting text messages, text messages, okay, but on silence, so that shouldn’t happen again. Getting focused and clear is about being intentional and taking the time to actually ask yourself, what do I want? This is something that I do quite regularly, especially when I’m in a good habit with my journaling, I have an entire journaling system that works really, really well keeps me focused, keeps me clear keeps me on top of my goals. But I want you to really ask yourself, when was the last time you sat down and had that conversation with yourself? What is it that I want to create with this life? What is it that I want to create with my business? What is it that I want to create with my relationships? How do I want to live etc, etc. Just bringing focus, presence and intentionality, if that’s a word makes all the difference, like to me, that’s what it is, I think as well being very clear on the fact that you want to get these things accomplished. That really helps me overcome any distractions. Like I’m really good at having conversations with myself in my brain where I’m like, Hey, is this helping you get closer to what you’re trying to accomplish? Because if not, let’s skip it. Next question is from Cindy, what is the current jump you need to take in order to get to where you want? Oh, I love this question. My main focus right now the next step in my business is to create passive income that is coming in month after month, after month after month. Right now, I do have monthly income that is coming in from previous courses, people who have chosen to pay in monthly installments. So I do have a monthly income. But it’s a monthly income that has an end date, if that makes sense. And really truly what I want in my business is to know that I have a business that has enough leads coming in every single month, that is going to convert into sales at the end of the month, I want to have an evergreen sales funnel up and running. And so that is what I’m really focused on. That’s what I’m working towards. That is the next big thing in my business the next step. So the current jump that I need to take in order to get to where I want is setting that up, so that it’s actually working and successful. So I’m very excited about that. I feel like I can do an entire episode on that. Stephanie asks, How do you better understand your ideal clients to build a strong foundation in your business? I think really, and truly, the best way to get to know your clients is to physically go out there and get to know them, talk to them, be a member in their communities, ask them questions, be there for them support them. So I always say especially if you’re someone who’s a coach, and you’re looking for coaching clients, but you’re not really sure what your niche is, or what you’re really good at, the best way to figure that out is to actually get to coaching, like start doing the work, start getting into those conversations, start being of service to people. That’s why you know, I have some friends in my life, who if they ever need anything, they can call me up and they can really just pick my brain and they’re like, Oh, I’ll pay you and I’m like, Dude, we’re friends. Like, I’m someone who I’m kind of like it’s an all or nothing type of thing. I’m not really into the whole, oh, I’ll give you a 20% discount. No, it’s like I’m either going to help you for free or you’re going to pay. And so these people, the benefit for me, even though I’m not getting paid is that I’m getting to better understand the problems that my ideal client is having. Right? So if you want to understand your ideal client better get into conversations with them, get into real conversations with them where you can be of service and where you can understand what it is that they’re what they’re really struggling with. She wants to know about marketing and promotion how How to find her people how to connect and how to create a marketing plan. That’s a lot of questions all in one.

So, it’s so hard to answer this question, because it really depends on what industry you’re in. I know Rebecca, I know she’s in the photography industry. So when it comes to finding your people, when it comes to connecting with your people, I would say really, truly getting clear on who those people are, and, and being in as many places as you possibly can with them. Right? I think a big problem that photographers have is that photographers like to talk about photography, which only attracts more photographers, this is a problem I had when I was a photographer is that I would be like, Oh, look at this dude lens. And, guys, if you do this, you can get this blurry background and delta delta. And it’s totally irrelevant to my clients. So I would say, try to get in front of the eyes of your ideal clients. It really depends on what type of photographer you are. But I would say, if you’re a family photographer, how can you create images that, let’s face it, probably most mothers make the decision of like, Oh, I’m going to I’m going to hire a family photographer. How do you make sure you’re creating images that catch her attention? How do you make sure that you’re coming up in her newsfeed? How do you make sure that she’s seeing photos of her friends having worked with you? I think getting in front of the eyes of the right people a lot of times means working with people that they know, when I first started, I did a lot of free work. And to be honest with you, a lot of my first clients came because I had worked with someone that they knew, and they may not have been very close to them. So they didn’t know that I did that shoot for free, if that makes sense. Like they looked at the work and thought that it was paid work, and then hired me because of it. So I would say get in front of your ideal clients. Like you need to be in as many places as you possibly can be. I feel like this is a really hard conversation to have, though, unless I’m having a specific conversation with you on how to market your business. Because every single business should be marketed differently. So it’s really hard to give a general answer to that question. Okay, Caroline says What apps do you use to plan content and get insights. So I love using Pinterest Pinterest really helps me with inspiration coming up with ideas. I also like to see what’s worked on Pinterest and what hasn’t worked to like what topics in my industry are hot on Pinterest, because that’s a pretty good indicator that that’s a topic that will also be hot if I do a little piece on it on Instagram, right? Another app that I absolutely love to use to plan my content when it comes to Instagram. It’s called snug as an ug snug. And basically what it does is it brings up your feed as a grid. And it lets you add photos and drop and drag them so that you can see what your feed will look like when it’s actually live. Because I used to struggle with this all the time. It’s like you want to have a cohesive feed you want your feed to maybe have a color theme or maybe have some kind of pattern. And it’s hard to tell when like you don’t know what it looks like in the grid until you upload it onto Instagram. So snug is one of my go twos when it comes to planning content. I also use a website called what is it called I always forget the name Trello Trello is really cool because it lets you create different boards for different topics. And I like to go there to be like, Okay, what topics like what are my brand topics? What are the things that I like speed and my brand focuses on and what content? What pieces of content? Can I come up under those specific topics. I also use Asana. So whenever you guys send me a message, and you’re like, Hey, Alex, could you talk about this on the podcast? Or, Hey, Alex, I’d love to hear you talk about whatever, I screenshot it and I upload it into a special place in Asana. And then I have all of my ideas there. So if I’m ever stuck on ideas, I can really quickly and easily go there and see what you guys have been asking me for, which is really fun. The next question is from Katie, how do you stay focused and consistent with all the distractions online and in real life? I mean, number one, click awareness, being clear on the fact that you have a problem. I used to watch Netflix like every night with Nick before we went to bed, which is fine. Like it’s not the worst habit in the world. But the problem with Netflix is that you watch one episode and then you look at each other and you’re like, you want to watch another one. Just one more. Just one more. Okay, okay, one more. And then you watch another one. And then before you know it, you’re like five episodes deep, and you’ve just wasted five hours of your life and you should be getting sleep because you need to wake up early the next day, and then you don’t end up waking up early the next day. And honestly, that used to be the one thing that was so distracting for me and it just got to the point where I was like Nick can’t do it anymore. He’s like, no one’s watch the show. I’m like, Nope, can’t do it. Not watching a show you go ahead and watch your own show. Which sucks because it is an activity that I enjoy doing with him but it’s is too addictive, especially when you’re in the middle of a series and you’re like powering through a series. It’s so addictive. So I would say being aware, knowing that you want to stay focused and just journaling to me, guys, when you have when you journal, frequently, and you’re asking yourself questions like, how am I doing in this area of my life? How am I doing in that area of my life, it brings so much awareness. When it comes to distractions online, like scrolling randomly through Instagram, if that’s really such a big thing for you, then just bring awareness to it and maybe set a timer so that you’re only allowed to go online for a certain amount of time every day, like you have to be on top of it. Diane says, How do you stay in tune with the industry and connect internationally with peers? Interesting question. So I feel like that’s two things. One, staying in tune with the industry is something that I’m kind of 50 about. On the one hand, it’s really important that I understand what’s happening in my industry, what the big topics are, what the controversial things are, so that I can have an opinion. And that’s how I can stay up to date, especially when it comes to like changes in social media, changes in the online business world changes in marketing, those things matter a lot to me, right. So I find myself reading a lot of articles really just trying to stay on top of news, I really enjoy using Google Alerts, that’s something that I would recommend as well, if you’re interested in a topic, just putting, like creating a Google alert that will send you an email, maybe once a week, or maybe every day, updating you on what’s new in that topic. There’s also something called Alltop. Yeah, alltop.com. And it basically just brings in a bunch of different news stories under a bunch of different topics. So that’s something that’s really helpful as well. When it comes to here, like peers, people who are in my industry and keeping up with them, I have a much lower interest, like I’m really not interested in what everyone else is doing, I actually find that to be very distracting. And just distracting because it’s just like, there’s no point in really seeing what everyone else is up to, I really like to beat to dance to the beat of my own drum. So I don’t like keeping too close of an eye on the rest of my industry, when it comes to connecting internationally with peers. I do something a few times a year where I will reach out to like five or six people and I’m like, Hey, I’d really like to get to know you better, let’s hop on a call. And that’s something that just allows me to get to know people better. It’s actually something I’d like to do more often. And it’s great because you get to know people from all over the world who are doing something that maybe is similar to you, or maybe is kind of complementary to your business, I highly recommend that having internet friends is wonderful. So definitely, definitely do it. If you’re not already. Chanel asks, talk to me about setting work life boundaries when you’re self employed. I’ve been self employed now for the past eight years. And this is something that I think I struggled with to begin with. I remember having a conversation with my mom once where she was like, Listen, if you’re gonna take this seriously, you need to wake up before 10 o’clock. So clearly, it’s something that I used to struggle with was just like sleeping in and kind of being too wishy washy with my schedule. I’ve definitely gotten much better with that. Also, I think I’m just, I work really well, by just kind of letting myself feel into things. That’s what works for me, I’d recommend doing what works for you. So like, I quite like to do two hours work, take a break two hours work, take a break two hours work, take a break, two hours work, take a break, when Lord came to visit me she hated that. She’s like, dude, let’s sit down and work nonstop. I just get distracted easily. I can’t sit still for very long. So for me, that doesn’t work, I would recommend figuring out what works for you. Some people like to work early morning like I do. Some people like to work late at night, that’s cool to figure out what works for you and make that happen. When it comes to work life boundaries, I would say the number one thing I struggle with is like when people invite me to do things during the week, like, Hey, let’s go to the beach, or, Hey, let’s go for lunch or whatever. I feel oftentimes because my work schedule is so flexible, I often take advantage of it.

I’m like, Hey, I’m self employed, why not? When really, it might be nice to at least set some boundaries there was like, Okay, once a week, you can do something fun, that kind of stretches your schedule a little bit and the rest of the time you really need to stick to your schedule. When it comes to work life boundaries. In terms of my clients, that’s something I also feel I’m really good at. I know that like let’s say for example, when I was running my spark lounge membership site, I knew that we would meet four times a month so almost once a week, we would have a q&a call where we basically get on a call and they can ask me anything. And the commitment there was one hour but I knew that I was happy to stay on that call until the last This question was answered, that’s like, a boundary that I made for myself was, hey, I’m cool to stay on as long as I possibly like can to support my people. I was happy with that some of our calls ended up being like three hours long, I’m totally fine with that. Now, on the other hand, on the other side of that stick, I also had boundaries where I was like, okay, every day, I’m going to show up in the spark lounge, Facebook group, and I’m going to spend 15 minutes in there. And once the 15 minutes is done, I’m leaving. And that was my boundary, right? And of course, it has to align with the expectations that you have set for your clients. So really being clear on like, Hey, guys, I’m only showing up for 1530 minutes, or whatever it is. And after that, I’m out, just to make sure that like you’re actually delivering on what you promised. But to me, that was really important. For my sanity, I’m not a big Facebook person. So to be in a Facebook group. for hours on end, answering every single question was not cool with me, it was not what the spark lounge was set up for. I didn’t want it to be a like one on one coaching me five hours a day in a group. I wanted people to work hard during the week. Yes, I will check in once a day into the Facebook group to see what’s going on Monday through Friday. And then we have our weekly q&a call where I will stay until the very last question is answered no matter how long it takes. Right? So that was kind of how I set my work life boundaries. Boundaries are just about being clear and specific about what’s working, what’s not working. And what are some rules like rules in quotation marks? What are some rules that you can apply? Or some policies that you can implement that are going to help you stay in the boundaries of what you feel good with? I hope that helped. Kathy said, how do you stay so excited about everything? Man, I don’t know. I definitely have an energy about me that I think is unique. I know a lot of people say Oh, Alex, your energy so special. So that’s cool. And I’m I’m really grateful for it. But I also think that on social media, you see a very hyped up version of myself all the time. I meet people in real life all the time. They’re like, Dude, you’re, you’re so different in person than you are when you’re on your Instagram stories. And I’m like, Yeah, because when I’m on my Instagram Stories, it’s just me and the camera, baby. It’s like, it’s like, I take my personality, and I turn up the volume all the way. But when we’re in person that like if I came up to you, and I was like, Hey, how’s it going? Kathy? That would be weird. I think people would. It’s just, it contextually doesn’t fit. When I’m with you in person, I want to look you in the eye. I want to be present with you. I want to hear whatever it is that you’re talking about. I want to listen to you. I want to be thoughtful. I don’t want to be like a hyper hyped up version of myself. Right? To me, that works really well on Instagram stories I like, you know, sharing my enthusiasm and my excitement about what I do. But that’s because it’s like, it’s like a one way thing, right. But when it’s a two way thing, I turn it down a little bit more. So I’m not that excited all the time, much to people’s dismay. But I am I am very excited about what I do. I have my up days and my down days just like everyone else. And I think for me, it’s just a decision. I want to feel excited about the work I do in the world. And a story. Melissa says how do you start? How do you get started with video and get over first time video jitters, you just do it. It’s like anything else in life. When I first started creating videos back in, I believe it was 2011 I made my first YouTube channel, which it’s such a shame you can’t go and check it guys. I feel. I feel so sad about that. Because for those of you who don’t know, my youtube channel was accidentally deleted by Google. But that’s another story for another day. My first video, I was very monotone, I was like, Hi guys. My name is Alex. And today I want to talk to you about how to whatever whatever whatever. This is what I’ve decided to do in my business. And I think it’s a good idea because then whatever. And I look at that video. Now when it was up, I can’t look at it anymore. But back in the day when I used to look at that I used to refer to that video all the time. It’d be like go and look at my first video and then look at my last video because it’s like night and day. It’s like chalk and cheese. It’s like you learned so much by doing I remember when I first started making videos, I was like this is one of the most beneficial things I’ve ever done in my life because I finally understand how I’m coming across to people. When you don’t watch videos of yourself or hear yourself speak. The truth is you have a very limited idea of how you come across to people. But when you watch videos of yourself and hear yourself speak and you do that every single week because I used to make videos every single week for my YouTube channel, you get a really good idea of how you’re coming across and I It’s very beneficial. I remember, I used to always say, um, I’d be like, um, um, um, and I had to make a mental note to eradicate, um, from my vocabulary. I remember I remember, I also used to what was something else I also used to do, there was something else I always used to do that I had to make a clear intention to stop doing. And that’s the beauty of like, doing anything, and getting good at anything in life is that you learn what works, what doesn’t work, what feels good, what doesn’t feel good. That’s why with these podcast episodes, I’m listening to all of them. Because I know I’m at the beginning of my podcast journey. If this is gonna go, Well, guys, I’m going to be around for a while I’m going to be in your air, I’m hopefully going to be inspiring you to live your absolute best life and to create epic businesses that really make the world a better place. Like that’s my mission. That’s what I’m here to do. And I love the podcast, I think audio is so much fun. Like, I don’t have to put on makeup for this guys, literally, I just have to set up my microphone and talk. So that’s exciting to me. But hopefully, I’m gonna be here for a long time. And if I am, I need to get good at this. I need to understand what works, what doesn’t work, what I can do better at. So if you want to get better at video, just commit, commit, just be like, I’m going to do video, once a month for a year, or I’m going to do video once a week for a year. Give yourself a goal. If a year feels too long, try three months. But like, for me this podcast, my time limit is a year I’m going to do this for one year. And if I don’t like it after a year, or if it feels off after a year, then I’ll I’ll be like, Okay, I tried the podcasting and I gave it a good go. But yeah, so just start if you want to do video, just start and what I advise people as well as like start in the least intimidating way ever make a video and don’t even post it online. When I started recording these episodes, I didn’t post an episode for eight months. But I knew I just had to get started. I just wanted to get the ball rolling. Next question is from keep hitting the table guys. I’m sorry if you hear that shake. That’s what that is. I know Miguel who edits these is probably rolling his eyes. Sorry Miguel

Giovanna says how do you grow a beautiful, loyal tribe? Number one, you the same way that you grow a relationship is very similar to the way that you grow a loyal tribe. For those of you who don’t know, the word tribe when she says tribe, which really means is an online community. Right? How do you grow beautiful online community is just by treating them like someone you’re actually in a relationship with. Someone you’re in a relationship with is someone that you check in on regularly, you give them updates, you give them advice, you help them when they need your help. It’s a two way conversation. All of these things lead to a beautiful online community. I think a big problem that we have nowadays is that everyone wants more, more, more more. You have 300 followers, you want 1000 You have 1000 followers, you want 2000, you have 2000 followers, you want 5000, you have 5000 followers, you want 10,000, you have 10,000 followers, you want 20,000 It is a never ending Chase. And the worst part is that when you’re chasing those numbers of growth, and having more and more and more and more followers, you actually lose track of what matters the most, which is the connection, every single person who follows you as a person with a heartbeat, a soul, they are living breathing creatures, and they want to feel connected with. So if you want to grow a beautiful loyal tribe, Giovanna, I would recommend that you show up for those people day in day out and treat them like your friends. Talk to them. Something I do is I will go through the list of people who have watched my stories, and I will tap on random people and just go and watch their stories, or go and leave comments on their stuff, and interact with them because they are real human beings too. And I want it to feel like a community I want to I want to feel like we’re friends, you know, and that’s why I have this whole aka your business bestie thing going on, is because I wanted to feel like I’m your business bestie. So that’s my advice. I think it’s easy for me because my people are also business people. So if you’re doing if you’re in a business to business situation, it’s even easier because people who are in business want more engagement on their posts online. So that works really well. But if you’re not in a business to business setting, maybe you create a meal plan and you send out meals, maybe you cook meals for people every single week and you’re like okay, well how do I build a loyal tribe? I would ask, I would ask you like, what is it about your brand that differentiates you? And maybe it’s the fact that Like you focus more on health and nutrition than your competitors, okay? How can you create a community of people on your Instagram or your Facebook or wherever you decide is your place who love to focus on nutrition, but maybe don’t have the time. Maybe they don’t have the bandwidth, the mental space or capacity to be reading into these things, learning about these things. And here you are someone who is passionate about it as studied it like you can make their lives easier by becoming a resource for them. That’s really what I’ve done with my business as I become a business marketing, online branding, social media resource for my audience. So you guys know that I’m like the go to place for you. If you want to learn more about building your brand. And if you really want to stay connected to your business, on a soul level, I feel like that’s really what my my brand is all about. What that’s what differentiates me that’s, that’s the kind of community that I’m trying to create is being on purpose, as my podcast is called living your life on purpose, creating a business that’s on purpose and really feeling happy and fulfilled in your life and not just going through life on autopilot. So if you’re into nutrition, you’re into health and wellness, how can you be a resource for that? Because your passion is other people’s shortcuts to there be passion, and I say be passion, because you might have like an a passion, which might be like, your career, or your family or your friends, and then your be passion. They’re things that you could be passionate about, but you just don’t have the time, effort or energy. So you’re a passion for that. Is there shortcuts? Right. So I would say those are my my big things, my big pieces of advice for you. Brittany asks, What are you currently curious about? Ooh, that is such a good question. I’m super curious right now about relationships, and philosophy. And that’s the end of that. Chelsey asks, Can you lay out bullet points for comprehensive marketing and social media strategy? If you want a comprehensive marketing and social media strategy, it has to be catered to you and your business. So I can’t lay out bullet points for you for that. It’s just too broad of a question. Chelsea also asks, she wants to know about time management and discipline. Time management for me is about planning my day, the day before being very clear about what my tasks are. Thank you, Asana, I love Asana, Asana, Asana, Asana, Asana. Discipline, for me is really just a choice. It’s one of those traits that I really want to be very good at, I want to be a disciplined human being, I want to be able to say, I’m going to do this and I can trust and know that it is going to happen. So when it comes to discipline, I know that it’s like a muscle, I know that it’s also down to attitude. For me, a lot of times when I feel like I really don’t want to work, but I know I have work to do. It just comes down to breathing. Guys, this kind of sounds so Oh, I’m so sorry, I keep hitting the table. It’s gonna sound crazy to many of you, maybe, but breathing. If you’re ever feeling like, Gosh, I really just want to take a break. I really don’t want to be doing this right now. And you know that it’s just your laziness talking and you haven’t actually gotten any good work done. Just take a deep breath in. And just focus on your breathing while you’re doing your work. That helps me stay disciplined a lot. But yeah, I would say journaling also helps with that. And basically just knowing like, knowing what matters, knowing what your priorities are, as much as being a consistent social media post or for your own account, but avoiding addictive scrolling. I think she means how to be a consistent social media poster. I would say plan as much as you can choose topics that are either going to last you like maybe you focus one week on this topic or in one week on that topic, find a way to make it easy for you. If you are someone who addictively scrolls. Man, you got to check yourself before you wreck yourself that is destructive. And the thing is, it’s something that’s so easy to do, but you need to catch yourself while you’re doing it and pull away. Replace that with something. So I’ve been going through this thing where every time I find myself doing it, I’m like, oh, clearly I have time to be doing nothing. So I’m actually going to open up my Kindle and do some reading, right? Figure out something that works for you to end that addiction because it’s such a waste of time, especially if you’re trying to grow a business. It’s such a waste of time. Amber says how do you launch a course I love launching courses is something that I’m so good at. I feel like I need to create a course on how I launch courses. Because it really is a skill of mine that comes super easy to me and something that I’m really good at. I love launching courses. I love it particularly because it builds up so much energy and hype and it’s just such a great way to get people’s attention on a product that you can’t get when you’re doing something in a more evergreen fashion. So evergreen for those of you who don’t know, basically means that it’s always available. It’s always there. When you launch something, it’s like you’re creating excitement. I could go I mean, I should probably do an entire episode on that, to be honest, because there’s just too much to squeeze into this tiny little question. Samantha says how to look for passion and my work or how to find a new direction. I feel like I’m lost. If I were you, I would identify why why you feel like you’re lost. A lot of times, our thoughts try to convince us that we’re on the wrong path. We’re not good enough. We’re not where we should be. Man, it’s I think it’s, it’s not like that for everyone. Oh, geez, I’m so sorry, guys. I’m I can’t stay still. So I keep moving to try and find a comfortable position. And every time I move, I just hate you. So yeah, I’m sorry about that. I don’t think everyone struggles with this. I think that it’s those of us who are more sensitive, and maybe have a little bit more anxiety than others who struggle with this. I’m not really sure. I used to think everyone struggled with it. Now I think like maybe 80% of people struggle with it. Negative thoughts, negative thinking, self doubt, self criticism, thinking that you’re not good enough thinking that you’re not working fast enough thinking that you’re not there thinking that bla bla bla bla bla, feeling lost, feeling confused, those thoughts come into my mind now. And I pay them no attention, because they’re not helpful. If a thought enters my mind, and it’s not helpful, I’m like, Cool, I see you. But like, I’m not letting you run the show. Because it’s not helpful. So if you’re feeling lost, if you’re feeling like you have a lack of passion, if you feel like you need a new direction, Where’s that coming from? A lot of times that’s coming from comparing yourself to others. Can you stop doing that, a lot of times that comes from

maybe you do, maybe it’s a bigger sign in your life that what you’re doing right now, it’s just not what you’re supposed to be doing. Like you need to find the root cause of why you’re feeling this way. And then evaluate if it’s true or not. And if it’s true, and you’re ready to find a new direction, then great start exploring trying different things. But if you feel like you are like that you have something that you’re passionate about, and that you want to continue being passionate about it. A lot of times passion is is something that is created from within. And it starts off being something very automatic, but it’s like you have a relationship with your passion. Right. So it’s something you have to work on. It’s something you have to nourish, it’s something that you have to water, it’s something you have to attend to. So what is your relationship to your passion. And on that note, sometimes the passion is gone. And that’s okay. I used to be obsessed with photography, I used to love photography, I used to be known as a portrait photographer, it used to be my thing, my calling in life, my purpose. And one day I woke up and I did not want to touch my camera. And I was like, Oh, this is just a phase. It’s just whatever. And it turns out the passion was just gone. It was time for me to go in a new direction. And that’s okay, too. I would just say right now, maybe I invite you to be in a space where you don’t need a direction. You don’t need to have it all figured out. Give yourself permission to be in this space of confusion or uncertainty. I’ll never forget I went to Brooke shaytans promoting passion events. And I was a speaker. And I was sitting on a panel because you do like your own speaker thing. And then at the end, they have like this panel thing where all of the speakers get up and it’s basically like a q&a. And I basically someone asked me a question, and I basically shared with me, they were like, what’s your next step? Like, what are you working on? What’s your next big thing? And I was like, I don’t know. I was like, I’m going through something weird right now where like, I just don’t know, what’s the next what the next step is? Or what, like what my calling is? Or any of that stuff? I don’t know. And it’s okay, that I don’t know. And I’m kind of relishing in the fact that I don’t know. And I’m just being at peace with the fact that I don’t know, and I’m cool with it. We as human beings, I think always feel like we need to be certain, like you have to know, if you don’t know, then, you know, you’re you’re lost, you’re losing. I just don’t believe in that. I think part of the journey of life is not knowing and I think we should choose to be cool with that. Not only says how to how can I be as confident as you are when it comes to selling? I struggle to sell myself. Natalie it’s a muscle. When you first get started, you’re going to struggle. What I advise you do is take courses on selling read books on selling, learn as much as you can about the art of selling, and then explore it within yourself and try different styles of selling and see what works for you and see what doesn’t work for you. Competence comes from doing it again and again and again and again. So get to doing, Melissa said, how would you market yourself if you were a visual artist, oh my gosh, Instagram, Instagram, Instagram, Instagram, and I create content all the time, new content all the time, I’d create the kind of work that I would want to get hired for. Now, it depends on how you intend to make your money. I mean, there’s so many different ways that you can you could sell posters, you can have clients pay you to create art for them. You can sell your art, you can teach people how to create art, like you. There’s so many different facets of that. So I’d market myself differently depending on which, but I’m jealous. Trust me, I found marketing myself as a photographer was a million times easier than marketing myself as a business coach. Amelia says, How do I turn my writing hobby into a career, I’ve never turned a writing hobby into a career before. And it’s one of those things that is so different. It’s so different than than anything that I’ve ever done. And what I would recommend that you do is do a lot of writing and do a lot of sharing your stuff online. You need to be known for your writing. So write books, self published books, put them out there, get your writing out there. That’s what I’d recommend. Adrian says, How do you know what part of the business to work on and when? Girl I honestly work on essentialism, I think I mentioned this book and every single podcast episode that there is Essentialism by Greg McEwan don’t know how to say his last name changed my life. That book was a game changer. For me a business changer for me, it showed me that I should really only be focusing on the things that are vital and super, super, super important. I don’t believe in juggling a million product prod projects anymore. So I work on one thing at a time, if I can. And if I’m not working on one thing at a time, I at least try to minimize it. So right now I would say the two things I’m working on are Graham, Sam evergreen, and really getting that up and running. And I’m working on this podcast week in week out trying to make this podcast the best it can possibly be. So yeah, that’s how I choose I look at like, what’s building my brand and what’s making me money. What’s putting that money that moolah in the bank? How do you find your niche create contents and find you, Kelly? Oh, isn’t an in depth question. Find your niche, create content and find you. I would say do the work. Do the work, do the work. Do the work do the work. The more you work. The more you put yourself out there, the more you’ll realize what your strengths are, the more you’ll realize what you love talking about the more you realize how you can help people add things that you didn’t even know you could help them with. Do the work hire says can you give me steps to launch my new subscription service? It’s all about retention. If you have a subscription service, it’s about getting people to sign up, and then keeping them sign up for as long as you possibly can. I would highly recommend Stu McLaren’s online course it’s called tribe. It’s absolutely fantastic. Veronica said How and where did you learn about business, social media and marketing. I learned largely through trial and error. When I first got started in my career, I was a professional photographer. And I was trying to sell my my photo shoot services. And so I learned a lot in those few years. Then I started selling online. Sorry, I started selling photoshop actions online. For those of you who don’t know, Photoshop actions are like Instagram filters. Except I used to make them for myself, like I would make my own filters. And then sell them to people to use in Photoshop. So there were like Photoshop filters. And that business took off. That business took off without me spending a single dollar on advertising. And when I did that people then started being like, Well, how did you do that? And really, it was because of my skills in social media, branding, marketing, putting myself out there. And so that’s how I decided that I was going to really focus in on helping people learn how to do that themselves. Christine said, Do you ever think when you post a picture? Is anyone going to care about this? That’s my problem. Honestly, I’m so over that thought process because if that was a thought process, it would drive me crazy. It used to drive me crazy. It used to be a thought of mine like oh, what if no one likes this? I don’t care if no one likes it. I’m here to be of service. I’m here to put out my best work, I’m doing my best. And if I think that this is something that they will enjoy, I will post it. And if they don’t enjoy it, oh, well, I’ll try. I’ll try again next time, right? I don’t really care if anyone else cares about it, because I’m not creating content for people to like it and, and care about it and whatever, I’m creating content to be of service, right? So I’m not gonna get it right 100% of the time, I’m not a robot. I’m a human. And that means that sometimes my engagement is going to be up, and sometimes my engagement is going to be down. And I gotta learn to be cool with that, because you cannot base your happiness on likes, or follows, or comments or shares, because all of that stuff is outside of your control. So get over it. Nikki said, How do I get my first 2000 followers? Nikki? I don’t know you, I don’t know what your businesses I would say post consistent content, make it super clear what your page is all about. Make sure it’s clear why people should follow you. And be a value. Janine says creative ways to build buzz in the world’s tiniest niche. Ooh, that’s a great question that I can’t help you with, because I don’t know what your niche is. And even if I did, I’d have to do research on who your ideal client is what topics matter to them. If you want to build buzz, you have to do something different. You have to have a really good understanding of that niche in that industry. So that would be my advice. Brad said your asana setup and how you prepare your team for success. I love using Asana, I feel like I need to do an entire video on the setup. And how I prepare my team for success. When it comes to Asana Meghan mins did a course called Asana HQ, I will leave a link to it in the show notes. And that pretty much changed the way that I used Asana. So I highly recommend it. And how I prepare my team for success.

Just being very clear and specific on what our goals are what we’re working towards. And I would say like getting on the phone and talking about it as regularly as possible. And you said what is your best tip for getting your interactions up on Instagram? I would say be a student of what people find most valuable and also know that sometimes attention is is not based on quality necessarily. So sometimes I’ll create a post that’s super high quality that is not as well received in the Instagram algorithm. And I just don’t take it personally. One thing I will say that I do to up my Instagram engagement is I ask questions. It’s really good to build your community that way and to get people talking and to engage with people, but it’s also just really good, because it prompts people to actually respond to you. So that’s awesome. Amelia says, How do you battle feeling like a failure, that you’re stagnant? And how do you get clear on your business? Thoughts that I’m a failure or that I’m stagnant. I don’t let them get to me i Guys, your your brain and your being and everything about you. You need to body gardens, you cannot let every and every any and every thought that you have come in and just change your mood and change how you feel about your business and your life. You need to be strong, you need to be like a rock. feeling like a failure happens to everyone. If you literally ask Beyonce, have you ever felt like a failure? She’d say? Yes. If you’ve asked Beyonce, have you ever felt like you’re stagnant? She’d say yes. Like every human being deals with this stuff. Once you know that you can stop letting it affect you like stop letting it affect you. It adds nothing of value to you at all. How to get clarity on your business? I feel like we’ve covered that. Like Kea says how do you build an online course, I highly recommend using teachable. It’s a really great online platform that will allow you to host your course. But when it comes to creating an online course, you really want to ask yourself, what is the transformation the one transformation I want people to have? And how can I basically divide that into steps that I can teach people about? So if you look at Grand Slam, for example, I knew that I wanted people to be able to create better stories on on Instagram. I knew I wanted to help them really learn how to use the app itself. Because a lot of people don’t know how to use it. They think they do and they don’t. And I wanted them to learn how to use other apps so that they could start getting really creative with their stories. I also wanted them to learn how to brand themselves, right? How to know how to present themselves online, what’s their brand personality? What’s their brand story? So I divided all of those things into little steps and created the course and out there it went. Rebecca, where do you draw courage, confidence and clarity from within? I know That’s so cliche. I know this thing, everyone. You can listen to what I say and you’re like, Oh, it’s so airy fairy or like whatever This stuff works for me. I’m just sharing what works, what works for me. Silence time alone. Meditation, journaling, reflection, all of these things are vital for me when it comes to getting courage finding competence and finding clarity. Natalie said, how do you always have enthusiasm? And how do you always have something to say? I haven’t Soozee Azzam about what I do. Because I believe in the mission of what I’m here to accomplish, I think with the more people who are empowered to create their own life circumstances through entrepreneurship, especially through the use of the Internet, we’re in a new era, guys, our parents didn’t have access to the internet that blows my mind, this is just the beginning. I’m so freakin passionate about helping people see the light, helping people see that if you have a passion, and you’re stuck in a nine to five job, you don’t have to be stuck in that nine to five job. Like, if you are someone who is creative and really enjoys expressing yourself, and, and you have a passion or something that you can turn into some kind of profits, then the world is your oyster, right? It’s just about learning how to put yourself out there online and learning how to use the tools in a way that works for you. That’s the thing. It’s so individual for each and every single person. But yeah, so I’m very enthusiastic about what I do. Because I’m passionate about the end result. I think when more people have more freedom in their lives, they can lead better lives, they can be better humans. How do I always have something to say, I always have something to say because I know who I’m serving. And I want to be a value to them. So it’s easy for me to think, Okay, who am I talking to? And what piece of advice can I give them today? That’s gonna give them a little pep in their step. Right? And that’s not to say that I wake up every day. And I’m like, oh, yeah, it’s I’m gonna talk about this. No, I require brainstorming. And I do require, like, time to sit down and be like, should I talk about this? Should I talk about that? It’s not easy. It’s not like it just comes out of nowhere. But it’s easier when you know who you’re talking to. Caroline’s that, how do you beat self doubt when first starting out, Caroline, have a relationship with the vision that you want to create. So know the vision of who you want to be in two years, or five years or whatever. And always remember why you’re doing it always connect to that vision. If you can have a relationship with that vision, you are on the way to beating self doubt, because nothing beats division. I remember I used to wake up in bed. When I first graduated from university and I was just getting started in my business. I had to live at home with my parents and I would wake up in the morning, and this doubt would wash over me like, am I wasting my time? Do I know what I’m doing? Am I ever gonna get this figured out? And then I’d be like, Oh, but I want to be creative. I want to have my own business. I want to do my own thing. I want to create my own rules. I want to create my own life. Yes, yes, yes, yes. Yeah. So I don’t care. If I doubt myself, because I’m not going to let it last for very long. I don’t care if my best friend pulls me to the side like he did and says, Alex, this whole thing isn’t working. You’re not making any money. It’s time you move to the city and get a real job. I don’t care. I’m gonna figure it out. Like you need to be so committed to the to the vision that nothing else matters. You need to believe that it is your end situation, regardless of what your current situation is. I have to do a course on this guy’s I have to do a course on this. Oh, okay. I answered all of your questions. There were a few other questions. Let me see if we have a little bit more time, but there’s not that many. So I’m just gonna go. I’m just gonna dive into them. Tara said what would your last supper be? My last supper? I’m glad you asked. Because actually me and my family were speaking about this literally two days ago. I love a good salad. Ooh, you guys hear the sirens in the back? That is what recording a podcast in the city is all about I feel like I’m part of the club now. I don’t even know if you can hear what’s going on anyway. Yeah, a good salad to me. Delicious. A really good mashed potato delicious roasted vegetables delicious. Like, I’m not picky girl that that I’m happy with. That’d be my last summer. My last summer my last supper. Dara said what are you reading? I’m currently reading a book called The Science of happily ever after. Very interesting, highly recommend it. Someone said what is Nick like? Nick is amazing. I would say that because he’s my boyfriend. Nick is incredibly hardworking. His work ethic inspires me every single day. He also has an emotional calmness to him. He’s not an anxious person. He doesn’t second guess himself. He’s very confident. He is 100% extroverted. He is someone who is we’re opposites in so many ways, which is why I think we work really well together. Like all of the stuff I do journaling, visualize nation all of that stuff like he’s just so centered and himself, he doesn’t struggle with the same things that I struggle with, like, I feel like I struggle with my mental thoughts and chatter, that so much so that meditation helps and visualization helps. And all that stuff helps. I feel like he doesn’t struggle with that. So it’s really fun for me to be with someone who is just built so differently. And I think that’s such a beautiful part of the world, as well as that everyone is different. And just because something works for you, doesn’t mean it works for everyone. That’s one thing I love about entrepreneurship as well. Just because one type or certain way of business works for one person doesn’t mean it’s going to work for you. Life is all about figuring out what works for you and what feels good for you. And living with someone who is such a stark contrast for me, is a beautiful experience. And it’s something I’m really grateful for because I learn more about life through just observing him, which I really enjoy. What else can I tell you about him, he’s very social, he loves his friends. He has an amazing friends group, unlike anything that I’ve ever seen before, like, I feel like his friends are really right or die. I’ve,

I’ve moved around a lot. I’ve traveled the world a lot. I’ve been in many different social situations. And I don’t think I’ve seen a group of friends were like, so supportive and so loving of each other. So that’s a really beautiful thing to witness and get to be a part of as well. Nick is a graphic designer, he’s an incredible artist, he’s always trying to push the boundaries. He’s someone who can juggle a million different projects at once. Like I told you guys, I’m all about that essentialist life where I’m like, Okay, I’m picking a few projects, and I’m focusing on those he is like, Oh, I’m going to be a graphic designer. And I’m also going to have a T Shirt Company. So he has a t shirt brand here and here in Trinidad. I’m not sure not right now, but in Trinidad called deft men’s. And they’re killing it. They’re doing so well. Really building a strong brand over there. He’s involved with his just so many different things like I could just go on and on about about his different projects. But I feel like they’re kind of personal. So maybe I shouldn’t be sharing all his business with the world. But he’s, he’s a very impressive man, very loving. He listens. He’s a fantastic partner. I feel very, very lucky to have him in my life. I could literally go on and on and on and on about my Nicholas Huggins, but I’ll keep it to that. Last question from Rebecca, how do you get out of productive anxiety and into a calmer but driven flow state. Anxiety and work to me Do not go hand in hand, if I’m feeling anxious, I have to stop I have to take a break. I have to meditate I have to do whatever it is I need to do to break that because I don’t like bringing anxious energy into my workspace running helps a lot for me. Also sense so like I use a lot of essential oils. That really helps me too. I think it’s just about being intentional, like intentionally not working when you’re feeling anxious and finding ways that work for you to break the anxiety. Okay, guys, I hope you enjoyed today’s episode. Thank you so much for listening. If you did enjoy this episode, please hit me up on Instagram. Like I always think about the power of community. I’d love to hear from you. What was your biggest takeaway? What was the part of this episode that you were like, Oh my gosh, that was my favorite part. Or that was the thing I learned the most. I would love to hear from you. Other than that, enjoy your day. Enjoy the rest of your week. You’re listening to this on a Monday. I’m already in Trinidad. I’m already home by the time you’re listening to this. Thank you for being a part of my life. Thank you for being a part of my routine. I’m grateful for you. I hope you know the power that you have. And I hope you believe that you are capable of achieving whatever it is that you want to achieve whatever it feels that you were put on this earth to do. I believe in you. And I hope you believe in you to have a wonderful week. Thank you so much for listening to today’s episode. If you enjoyed it, I would love for you to give me a shout out on your Instagram story or anywhere. Just letting me know what your biggest takeaway was. You guys have no idea how helpful and useful it is for me when you message me telling me what your aha moments were telling me what it is that you took away from the podcast. It helps me understand what is most valuable to you. And it helps me understand how I can be of the highest service to you. So if you could take two minutes to do that I would really appreciate it. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope to hear from you over on Instagram you can find me at Alex Beadon and I will talk to you again very soon. Bye

Oh my gosh you guys look how amazing this shrimps are Raja cocktail looks meet Beatrice an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you. I’m all two of you. Well, I guess I’m just here by myself now. Why don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www dot ground dash lab.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.

#017 – On hitting 8% of my monthly sales goal! (and a super simple tip for reaching larger audiences on Instagram Stories)

How close are you to your gut? Best friends or acquaintances?

Meet Promise Tangeman, graphic designer, website builder and best friend to her intuition. And it really shows.

Like most creatives, Promise entered work life after graduating with a double major in Design and Fine Arts. But unlike most, she stayed attuned to her gut and ventured into the big bad world of entrepreneurship and has never looked back since.

“There’s a lot of creative thinking involved with growing a business.”

Tap into Promise’s story, how she carved out her own path using a creative mindset, staying true to her strengths and acknowledging her weaknesses and staying ahead of this crazy little thing we call the era of Social Media.

“If you’re going to make money doing what you love, you have to bring in the right people.”

This is On Purpose.

In this Podcast you’ll learn:

  • The key to thriving in the era of social media
  • Why your business is bigger than you
  • The creative approach to entrepreneurship
  • How to never run out of content to post
  • Why you should take a designer vacation

Tune in with Promise:
IG: @promisetangeman
Website: www.promisetangeman.com

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:00
In this episode, we talked to Promise Tangeman, a graphic designer and owner of go live HQ, a company that creates easy to use websites so that you can launch quickly and start wooing your dream clients. We talked about what it really means to be killing it in your business, the key to thriving in the era of social media, why your business is bigger than just you the creative approach to entrepreneurship, and how she’s become a boss at content creation, and what she recommends for you. This is on purpose. Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all, nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived. And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slip from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath, relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong. On purpose.

Hello, my friends, welcome to episode 16 of on purpose with Alex speeding. I’m coming to you today from London, England. And I’m so excited for you to listen, today’s podcast promises someone I’ve been following for a very long time. And she’s not only very impressive with the work that she does in the world. She’s an excellent graphic designer. And she’s also an epic businesswoman. But she’s also just such a cool person, when you follow her online, you get a really good sense of who she is. She’s not only here to create great work in the world, she’s here to do good in the world. It’s interesting for me to talk to her about how she makes his her faith with her business. And I think this is an episode that you’re really going to enjoy. We talk a lot about creativity, we talk a lot about what it means to create epic content online and how not to get lost in the world of likes and follows. I think you’re really going to enjoy this one. Please take a listen. Let me know what you think on Instagram at Alex Beadon. And I hope you enjoy. Promise. Thank you so much for being here with me today. I’m so excited to have you on the show.

Promise Tangeman 2:07
I’m so excited to be here. Thanks for having me, Alex.

Alex Beadon 2:11
So the first question that I want to ask you is, what do you find most nourishing about having your own business?

Promise Tangeman 2:20
Oh, nourishing is a really good question. If you would say like, what do you like about having your own business? Which is a different question. I would say, I love the fact that I can like turn the ship quickly. With a business like I love seeing just personally I love seeing progress and impact. And when you own your own business, if something’s not working, you can be like, Oh crap, that’s not working. And let’s try something different. And you don’t have to go through like a ton of levels in order to get something approved. Or, you know, just try something new. So I would say that’s what I that’s what I love. And I guess that would be nourishing to me, because I love to see progress and forward motion on things. And so I think that’s the thing that like, well, there’s a lot of things that get me up in the morning, but being able to, like really make an impact on things. But yeah, yeah,

Alex Beadon 3:14
I love that. I think that was I don’t think we’ve ever had that answer before on the podcast. So that’s awesome. I enjoy that answer. So for those of the listeners who have never heard of you before, which is crazy, but could you tell us a little bit about who you are what you do, and just give us an introduction to promise.

Promise Tangeman 3:36
Okay, perfect. Yeah, I am a graphic designer, and I own a company called Go Live HQ. And we’re all about launching websites quickly, which I love. I love helping people launch what they love, which would be the other thing that gets me out of bed in the morning is that, you know, we work with a lot of female entrepreneurs, a lot of creative small businesses that are, you know, maybe quitting their job and taking, they’re taking their love, you know, whatever that may be like painting, design, accounting, like whatever it is that they love, and being able to do that full time through their own business. And so being able to help them launch that through graphic and web design is so fun. And my team and I really are special T is like a five day process. So we start on Monday and launch on Friday. And there’s some like brand prep that we do beforehand, but I’m all about getting it launched and getting it up there. I know like there’s a lot of other web design firms that will take months and months, even a year to launch your website. And as a small business owner, I’m like, I personally could not wait that long because your website is your digital front door. Yeah. And so has like

Alex Beadon 4:51
helped people get up and running as quickly as possible, but still giving them enough time to like really get it right.

Promise Tangeman 4:58
Yeah in their store. Adeje involved and obviously, we want it to look beautiful and represent your ideal client and your business and who you are to. So, yeah, we love doing that. But ultimately, like, just get it launched. And then as your business grows and expands, you can like tweak and edit your website to meet your ideal client and all the needs that you have in your business. So I love that sector blast.

Alex Beadon 5:21
Okay, so tell me about your entrepreneurial journey. Like, when you first got started, what was it that you were offering? And if you could kind of like give us chapter by chapter, the evolution of your business and your offerings, and like how you evolve to where you are today? Because I think it’s so easy to like, see where you’re at and be like, Oh, she’s killing it. But I’m curious, like, how did you get here?

Promise Tangeman 5:44
Yeah, that’s such a great question. Stop me. If I get like on a train you I will want to spend a minute here.

Yeah, that’s awesome. So I went to design school. Okay, I graduated with a double major in graphic design and Fine Arts. And I really loved fine art, like I loved painting, drawing, like all growing up, I was like, That nerdy kid in the art class, who like, didn’t want to go in the cafeteria, because all the cool kids are in there. And like, you know, hiding away and creating stuff. That’s what I loved, doing. So much so that I didn’t even like take the SATs, I was like, I don’t want to do that. I just want to get like a design school and just design a way. And I was actually really intimidated by the technology aspect of the computer and design. But I knew I didn’t want to be an art teacher, or like, I wanted to do something that involves the future. And I felt like technology

is obviously part of the future. And in graphic design, I felt as was like art of the future in some ways. And so I was trying to figure out, like, how can I make a living, doing art and doing art for people’s businesses seemed like, the best way to make money doing that sounds like, Okay, I’ll give this a try. So I actually got a job right after college, I got a job as like a lead designer for a church, right. And I worked on part of a team and I had a couple of bosses and I got in a year into it. And I’m like, I think that I could do a better job. If you can see my face,

Alex Beadon 7:15
I love how you knew that I love like, deep down, you knew you could do a better job that’s awesome. owns the knowing of that. That’s yeah,

Promise Tangeman 7:22
it was like so weird. It’s like, you know, there’s something deep down inside. He’s like, this is how it should be. And I just felt like that. And so I like saved up my money did a lot of freelancing on the side when I had my full time job. And then I got engaged. And I was like, I think this is the perfect time to go full time with my own thing. So I had that money saved. And I had built a freelance career, kind of on the side of my day job. That’s awesome. So I was like, okay, like, let’s just do this. Let’s just see where it goes. And I was blogging on my projects on my design projects. And I took the leap. And I really like never looked back. I guess I started just doing like one off designs for people like this is like a freelancer. And the first time I hired somebody was when I felt so overwhelmed by the sheer number like the sheer administrative aspects of the business that I was like I cannot I want to design. I want to help people launch things. But I cannot keep up with these day to day tasks. There’s way too many. So that’s when I hired I was like, some people asked me like, oh, how do you know when you know when to hire your first person. I was like, I was so stressed out in my mind. I was like anybody that can help me please. I’ll pay ready. So that was the point for me. And I felt like that’s been a pattern like anytime I’m like so stressed. Yeah. So yeah, I had a gal come in and help me do like all the intake with clients and all the administrative stuff. So then I could really focus on what I did best. Because keeping up with emails and stuff I’m just not that great at and I feel like it’s so important to respond quickly and be there for people. And

Alex Beadon 9:04
I’m the exact same way like that is one thing that throughout my entire entrepreneurial career. I’ve just, yeah, it’s definitely something that is not enjoyable for me to do is like respond to a million emails. So yeah, I understand that.

Promise Tangeman 9:20
Yeah. So. And then I would say from there, I think as the demand grew, I have an entrepreneurial like itch in me that loves to grow things. So and I feel like that’s part of like, it’s kind of crazy that I really saw myself as a creative in the beginning. And I would have never said oh, I’m a business person. Right. But as I started creating my business and growing my business, I really realized there’s a lot of creative thinking involved with growing a business. And so I felt like I was really able to scratch my own itch in that way. And so like years later, like I’m a business lady. I’m like, What am I doing? I thought it was like that nerdy art school girl staying away from the cafeteria. But But yeah, it turns out it’s super fun to create a business. And it’s a lot of like creative problem solving and innovating and marketing, like just ideas of like, Will this work? And I love that idea. So yeah, I’ve just grown the team, like slowly as a demand, adding new, new team members, new designers.

Alex Beadon 10:27
So have you always pretty much offered the same thing from day one? It’s like you were always offering like, helping people build their website and their brand and the design elements.

Promise Tangeman 10:39
Yeah, I would say that’s, well, I used to do photography, like way, way back. Like some dabbling, I did the I did photography, and I did design. So I did like all three things, right? One day, just realize like, this is way too much. Yeah. And I started hating each of them just because I feel like I wasn’t doing any of them. Well. Okay, cool.

Alex Beadon 10:59
So then you ditched photography, you focused on design. But since focusing on design, you’ve pretty much found something that works and you’ve stuck to it,

Promise Tangeman 11:07
I would say, generally I have, I’ve just refined the process in the knee. And I feel like you know, beforehand, I would have done design for anybody. I’ve done business cards, I’ve done like little things here and there. And I feel like now, my company really focuses on launching a website, and we have certain packages that help you do that. And then also just honing in on on our ideal client, you know, which is, which is mostly like girl bosses, creative entrepreneurs, we work with guys too. But I would say the majority because we’re all female, the majority of our female men, yeah, women own in it and rocking it and, you know, double or tripling their business or getting their day job. So yeah, just

Alex Beadon 11:48
talk to me about demand. Because I’ve had this really interesting relationship with demand, where everyone I work with and every entrepreneur in my life seems to have a different experience with the demand of their offering. And it’s it, of course, would be different because every offering is different, right? So when I was listening to tell your story, something that you said is like demand kept growing and growing and growing. What do you think has been like the key behind growing the demand? Was it something that like you never really put any effort into? Was there always demand? Was it something that you were really strategic about? I’m curious what your relationship has been with demand?

Promise Tangeman 12:28
Yeah, that’s a really great question. I would say it’s a like, man. I would say it’s a combination of things. I feel like I have a marketing, passion, I have a passion for marketing. And so just figuring out ways to market our services has been fun. And not every creative, or like business person is like savvy with marketing. But I like to, I like to think about ways in which I can get my product up to the most people possible, right. So even even when it comes down to like being strategic, and what clients we take, you know, like, for instance, I’ll take on, like what I call internally, we don’t obviously use this externally, but like marketing clients, so like, our target market isn’t necessarily our marketing clients, but the marketing clients are like, usually, our influencers online who, you know, maybe have a large following, or have a tribe that is dedicated and loyal to, to them. And then they see that we did their website. And so then, then our target market will come to us because they see that we did their website, which, you know, maybe maybe these clients I’m calling marketing clients aren’t necessarily our target market, because a little more involved or maybe, you know, they have like different needs and stuff. But so yeah, I feel like that’s been really key is figuring out who those marketing clients are, and then going after them, I guess,

Alex Beadon 13:57
I like as well that like, what that does, and something that you said right before you start that story is you like to get you like to basically reach as many people as you possibly can make sure as many people of your ideal clients know about who you are, with as minimal effort put into it as possible. And like that’s a really great way to go about doing it is finding people who are influencers who have the right people following them, and introducing yourself that way. So would you say that that’s like the number one marketing strategy that has worked the best for you and been most efficient for you?

Promise Tangeman 14:30
I would say yeah, for sure. It’s

Alex Beadon 14:32
really cool. Yeah, it’s smart as well, because I’m, this is what I’m, I’m always telling people like try and be creative with your marketing and try and think about different things that you could do that would be not as not saying that that’s easy for you to do, but it’s in your realm of talents to be able to do that and to be able to then get such a return on your investment of time, energy and efforts.

Promise Tangeman 14:55
Yeah, well and as the business owner to like, that’s one thing that when it comes to like relationships and networking. You know, a lot of people say when you’re building a business, the business owner should just focus on the on the things that only you can do. And I feel like for me, those are the only things that I can like, that’s one of the only things that I can do personally, or my team can’t, like they can’t get out there and network and create relationships with people. Like I would say, the Girlboss website for Sophia Amoruso has been a huge, that was crazy marketing thing for us. It was like, really, really great. And she she’s not like our ideal client. I mean, she is obviously our ideal client, but her needs are a little more individual than what our ideal client needs. And so, you know, but it’s worth figuring it out. Because that the people that have come to us from her our ideal clients, you know, it’s like, that’s so fun to work with them. And I would say Jasmine star is another one of those for us.

Alex Beadon 15:48
She’s fantastic. Yeah. And then we’ve gotten on the podcast.

Promise Tangeman 15:53
Oh, my gosh, so crushed it, shall we? Yeah. Yeah. Oh,

Alex Beadon 15:58
to kind of follow up on that, what has it been like for you, as your business has grown? And like you’re working with way bigger clients, what would you say has been like one of the biggest struggles for you, or challenges that you’ve had to overcome? As a business owner?

Promise Tangeman 16:14
Yeah, I would say, getting sued. Because, you know, there’s a lot of opportunity all over the place, right. And I would say like, getting swayed from your niche is like the biggest opportunity for me, I can get distracted by so many things. Like, I think there’s opportunity here. And I think there’s opportunity there, we use opportunity there and I can get so distracted that then my offerings come become so diluted, that we’re not really doing anything well. And it kind of gets back to that, like whole. I’m doing design and photography and fine art. So just I think for me, the hardest thing is like keeping that focus on what we are creating and why we’re creating it. And so not to not get distracted by potential opportunities that come our way. But then the other the other struggle is like, maybe there’s a really good opportunity, that’s fine, you know, so I feel like discerning those and staying true to really what we’re made to do. Like, for boring example. I hate with a purple passion. I hate WordPress. Like, for so many reasons, I could get on a soapbox and talk about like all the things I hate about WordPress, but but a lot of our like marketing clients, if you will are on WordPress. So I have that like that struggle of do I go with the thing that I believe? Yeah, just to like, just to quickly like people wonder what WordPress like I just feel like it’s it’s an older platform, you know. And so there’s a lot of things that you pretty much have to have a web developing team to maintain your WordPress website like managing all the plugins and all the updates and all the security breaches and like all the things that come with that. I think there’s some other platforms now that are more modern and easier to use. Yeah, at least for our my target, our ideal client, the girl bosses and people, the solo business owners like they need to be able to tweak and edit their website on their own. And so what do you recommend for those people? Well, I love there’s two that I love. I love Squarespace. Yeah. Like the views. You can’t do as many cool design things. But we can we we do a lot of cool workarounds and stuff. And then show is great for like, really creative, like expressing yourself creatively. How, though it’s a little, like, more involved on the back end. So but yeah, so that’s just getting off on a tangent. Yeah,

Alex Beadon 18:36
that was a good example, though. Because I think so many of us even, like, even not even just opportunities that you’re like, doesn’t really sit with me well, but even just like bright, shiny objects, like, oh, I should do this, I should do that. I you know, I see that with my clients all the time. And I’m like, no focus, like, yeah, and because if you’re spread too thin, you’re you’re going nowhere really fast. So that was a really good point that you made. Okay. I want to talk to you about social media, and content creation. I know we’re going there. I feel like it’s so interesting, because I think I started blogging in 2000. I want to say nine to maybe 2010. Yeah, I feel like we were both kind of in the online world at the same time. So you have a vision of what it used to be like compared to what it is today. So I’m really curious to ask you. How do you think social media has changed over the last let’s just say like, eight nine years? And how has How has the way that you use use it changed? Hmm. Yeah, because it’s so different now

Promise Tangeman 19:48
is like, tell me something that you think is different.

Alex Beadon 19:51
Okay. So for example, I think number one back in the day I remember when I started Instagram wasn’t really a thing face. People weren’t even really using Facebook. It’s like a marketing technique. It was really just your blog, your blog was like the go to place everyone was blogging and and I felt like people were actually reading blogs. And we weren’t at the stage where we’re at now, where I think everyone is, like, inundated with so much content and posts and this and that that like, I think sometimes today, it’s too much. Whereas back then there wasn’t that much content out there. So I think people it was just easier than than it is now to stand out, which is great, because it makes you have to up your game. But it’s also just, like, even recently, I’ve been thinking like, my blog, I, I would prefer to post on Instagram, than my blog. Because I know people are on Instagram, I don’t have to bring people over to my website. So now I’m even like rethinking, okay, maybe I should just have like a really simple website, have an opt in where people can sign up for my newsletter, and like use Instagram and all the other platforms to kind of like, bring people into my little newsletter world. But so I’m just curious, like, I see that you’re still blogging. You’re on Instagram. I know, last year you were making videos, I think you’ve stopped now. So I’m just like curious, like, how are you feeling about content creation? You know, it’s so easy to get burnt out. I know, at one point, I was like on this thing where I was putting out content every single week for years and years and years. Like video content took up so much time.

Promise Tangeman 21:22
I love those.

Alex Beadon 21:24
Thank you. So I’m curious. What do you think about it? Yeah,

Promise Tangeman 21:28
no, I think I think what the the assets that you brought up was so right. Like, I feel like when we started creating an empire online, with like, you know, designed all cool when someone lands on your site, it’s like they landed on your planet, almost. Yeah. And I love that. I think that’s so fun. But people just don’t, people just don’t go visit places like that anymore. And so what you like what you were saying is create content in the places where people are already at go go where the people are and create content. But to me, that just seems so exhausting. Like, I posted a post today about like life of a perfectionist. And it’s like, Oh, I love that post. It was good. Yeah. You start creating things. And then when you realize as a perfectionist, how long it took you to create that and then again, and you don’t want to do it again, because it’s not worth the time it took you to create that and then you’re bummed you’re not doing stuff.

Alex Beadon 22:20
And then also, there’s so many people on Instagram that it’s like you’re just in this massive ocean. Like, how much can you stand out?

Promise Tangeman 22:28
Yeah, totally. Totally. Yeah. No, I’m totally with you on that. Oh, shoot, I just lost my train of thought. But But yeah, go going where the people are. Oh, yeah, going where the people are. I just feel like on every channel can seem really overwhelming. Yeah. And then especially if when a channel like tanks, you kind of like, Oh, crap, I put all my eggs in that basket. Like right now, like pretty much only posting on Instagram. There’s still Facebook and Twitter and all those other things that I feel like, oh, I don’t have time for that. But I just I love like messing around just playing around seeing what people are liking. And then something I always think about, like I love brainstorming and like contemplating things, it’s just something that I love to do. You know, a lot of people like to just be busy with stuff that they’re doing. I just like to have just free brain space to just like, brainstorm. Yeah. I always think about is, it’s so simple, but I feel like I always come up with really cool things. And I do it is if I like I think to myself, I see everyone else doing so many cool things online. Like, oh, like, you know, Alex has a full podcast now. And all these amazing things on videos and everything and like, shoot, you know, and I think in my mind, like, what would I be do? What like what would I be doing if I really wanted to kill it? Like if I was contending with scenario myself, like really killing it. And so like, I just write those down, like, in my mind, what is killing it look like? And then I like do something for a season and like see what that brings and see what that does. I love doing those videos that

are amazing.

I love them so much. Like they were so different. I feel like I want to bring them back. I’m just not sure

Alex Beadon 24:12
Creating content is such a weird thing for me because like I love making content. Like I love it so much. But even if it really never brought me any business like I just think it’s a great way to express myself like it’s just fun, you know and like to to be able to meet like minded people. Yeah, over the Internet to me, it’s just magic. Like it still gets me super excited. Fun, but then at the same time, it’s like it takes so much time and you have to or at least for me, what I’ve started to do is really get clear on like, okay, like what is like you said, Okay, what what would I have? What would killing it look like? I guess I’m in this place now where I’m like, what does it like? What is killing it even mean to me? You know, because I think for a long time I was like oh I need more followers and like the numbers and the views and then this and then that and now I’m just at the stage where I play comes lately and like, whoever is supposed to find me, is gonna find me. And I’m just gonna create content because it’s fun. And like if people like it great, and if they don’t like it great. Yeah, but a lot of people who are creating content, especially people who are new in the game, I think there’s a huge frustration around like, why is my account not growing fast enough? Why is my content like, and I feel for these people, because like, they’re making great content, but it takes time to like, really build your tribe. So I guess my question for you is like, how, what advice would you give someone who’s maybe in the first one to three years of their business, they’re trying to build their tribe? You know, do you think content creation is even worth it? Do you think that that’s something that they should be investing in?

Promise Tangeman 25:40
Yeah, I do. I do for sure it because it builds your influence online, and people look to you as an expert. It just depends on like, what you want to do, right? Like, what is the content you’re going to create? Are you going live every day on Instagram? Or are you creating blog posts, which is still great Google juice, you know, went for your website, which is why my company still does blogging and stuff. So yeah, just about like creating the type of content that you feel is gonna draw in your ideal client, because that’s, that’s the main thing, right? If you have your own business, you have to make money. And so if you’re gonna make money doing what you love, you have to bring in the right people. So when you think about like, what do I What What should I create? For on on social media or on the blog? Think about? Where are your ideal clients spending their most the most time? Are they on Twitter? For me? They’re not on Twitter. Like a lot of businessmen are on Twitter. I mean, people are not on Twitter, they’re on Instagram. Or they’re, you know, Oh, yeah. For a lot of them. They’re on Instagram or on Facebook. Yeah. And so creating content on Facebook, and then looking at like, Okay, what kind of content is going to benefit them? Because you want them coming back to your site, you want them coming back to your social channel? So what is it that’s going to that’s going to reach them in particular? So on my videos, because they’re so dramatic, I had a lot of mixed reviews, like some people were like, this seems really genuine. Wow, some people were like, Oh, my gosh, I love it, because you’re giving us helpful content, and you’re doing it in a fun, silly way. Yeah. And it’s entertaining. So, you know, for me, I really had to wrestle with that, like, what am I you know, is that you know, and every time I posted on on Instagram, I gotta like a lot of unfollows. So I was like, Okay, interesting, India.

Alex Beadon 27:29
So how did that affect you? And like, how did that? Is that why you stopped? Do you think it was like a good thing that you were doing? Do? Like, what do you think? What do you feel about it? Now?

Promise Tangeman 27:39
Everyone’s gonna go back and watch these videos.

Alex Beadon 27:42
But they’re so good. Like, I remember the first time I saw one of the very first one that you put out, I can’t remember what the topic was. But I just remember thinking, Oh, my gosh, this is the way that you do. It is so creative, and it’s so fun. And like, I am shocked that anyone would say otherwise. So I’m curious as to how you dealt with that criticism? And with

Promise Tangeman 28:05
all of that, yeah, well, I feel like um, first off, I’m a four on the Enneagram Are you? Are you an Enneagram?

Alex Beadon 28:11
Girl? No.

Promise Tangeman 28:14
I know what you are, I already know what you are. So I’m a four on the anagram which is like a typical artists. So typical artists can tend to be like, they like to be unique, and they tend to be moody, right? So for me, I feel like I really had to like to figure out, well, number one, if you’re online, you’re going to get both ends of the spectrum, right? And you just have to keep doing what you’re doing because you are automatically going to get both ends of the spectrum. So you just have to go into it knowing that you’re not going to please everybody and it’s actually good if you don’t please people. And so I honestly felt like I had to go through a season where I feel like I’ve been really lucky and I feel like my followers have always been usually pretty positive but the stuff that I that I’ve put out there I think it’s because my network is still small enough where people that follow me like really like genuinely liked me well yeah, once you start like getting out there and and reaching more people, you get more like trolls and you get more haters and stuff and so, but I honestly feel like once you get a little taste of that and you realize this is the name of the game, you just got to do it like it’s just part of the thing. So you realize, okay, it’s just part of it. And so I feel like that’s I feel like I’m like preaching to myself right now because I really liked doing those videos but they didn’t quite have the result that I was looking for. But then again, I only did it for like maybe 10 months I didn’t I keep pushing forward I just like took a break because I’m like things are going crazy right now with my business and and I’m not seeing and maybe like I started I’m just speaking really honestly here. I definitely wanted right. Yeah. I maybe didn’t have like a goal with those videos I just wanted I had a lot of fun. I had a girlfriend that was doing it with me. And she’s an actor. So she’s like, really funny. And she, like helped me write the scripts. And she’s just awesome. And we just like laughed the entire time. And we made those videos. And so to me, like, they brought me so much joy. But I think looking back, I didn’t necessarily have a plan for that, like, this is the goal. I wanted to get more email subscribers, but I was realizing I was testing some things and realizing what I was doing really wasn’t working, right. But I would love to bring those back, like maybe as a series or something, and maybe have maybe just a little more intention behind why I’m doing it. Because ultimately, that’s why I stopped was okay. I don’t really know where this is going. Yeah.

Alex Beadon 30:39
Did it for such a long time, though. That’s creating. Yeah. And I love that you gave yourself permission to be like, Okay, I’m over it now. And like, I’m just gonna let it go. That’s really cool.

Promise Tangeman 30:49
Yeah, totally. So yeah. So I don’t know, I don’t even know what the question was.

Alex Beadon 30:56
Okay, you answered it. I was basically just asking, like, how you feel about, like, the criticism, and I think you covered that. And I think it’s also really powerful, what you said about having an intention behind your content. It’s cool to do things for fun. And I think it definitely fuels you. And I think that’s definitely what it did for you. But I think also, you know, knowing like, Okay, this is the direction that that I want them to go in or like this is the strategy behind it, or the end result that I’m looking for. So yeah, that’s all good. Okay. Do you have anything else to add to the social media Convo? Before we move on to the next topic?

Promise Tangeman 31:33
I would say like for anyone that is, like you said, one to three years into their business wanting to create content is to come up with like a roadmap of what you’re going to be posting, one of the things that my team started doing this year, which is in so how unbelievably helpful is, I think a lot of times people wake up and they think, oh, I need to post something. And if they try to bust something out, yeah. And then they feel like, Oh, this isn’t any good or whatever. But something that we’ve decided to do, or maybe they didn’t have time to do it that day, and then they feel discouraged. One of the things my team has done is we put together a three month plan and we we brainstorm what are we going to be posting the next three months and then we like literally map it out once per month, per month, and then we just then we’re just busy like writing the content for like the weeks to come. I feel like that’s been super helpful in just get getting it on paper and not just like brainstorming it the day of which I think a lot of newbies think, oh, this brainstorm like when I posted it, and then it just becomes a backburner, and you never end up doing it. So making it a strategy, getting it on the calendar, and then just creating, like a content calendar. It’s been super helpful.

Alex Beadon 32:37
Amen. I love that. Okay. Next topic, I want to talk to about your faith, and the relationship between your faith and your business. I think for me personally, like doesn’t matter what religion you are, or whatever, but I think having something, whatever it is that you believe in, really helps you in your business. So I’m curious, what role would you say that faith has had in your business?

Promise Tangeman 33:10
Hmm. I would say, for me, faith, helps me realize that everything I’m doing is for a bigger purpose than myself. I think so many times when you’re running a business, you know, you’re, you’re creating content, you are like what we just talked about, you’re trying to make a lot of money. So you can have a nice car, or a nice house or a nice, like, whatever the thing is, and I think for me, just having a faith bigger than myself has helped me realize that. Ultimately, I love doing what I what I love doing what I doing, I love helping people launch what they love. But when it comes down to like the monetary value of it, I love being able to give generously to a lot of other organizations that, that help the world at large. And I think, I think that’s like ultimately when I’m having a down day, and I realize, like, oh, selling another website or doing another design, ultimately, it’s helping that person. But ultimately, I’m hustling for something bigger, you know, I’m hustling for, you know, to provide clean water over in India or, you know, to help women get out of the sex trade in different countries. And I think to me, like when it comes down to it, that’s like that. I mean, that’s like, huge. Yeah. And so I feel like for a lot of other small business owners, you know, I think just getting outside yourself and realizing that, that there’s more to the world than lining your pockets. Mm hmm. You know, and, and if, if all of us small business owners could get on board with something outside of ourselves, like we could literally change the world. Yes. I agree. Because somebody’s going to be making that money. Yeah. And it might as well be you, Alex, because you’re gonna be a good steward of what you’ve been given. Yeah. So,

Alex Beadon 35:06
I love that so much. I’m so glad. And that’s one of the main reasons why I love doing what I do as well. It’s just like helping people create the freedom in their own lives. Yeah, but also, like you said, being able to give back, but I think when people have space in their lives, because I think so many people are doing something they hate, it’s taking up pretty much all of their day, they’re going to work from nine to five, Monday through Friday, and then Sunday comes around, and they’re like, dreading having to go back to work like that. When you look at the the power of that life, it’s not as powerful as like finding something that really lights you up. Finding something that gives you freedom and flexibility allows you to work and like I know, for you, you’re like really creative, and like you’ve really built your business to suit who you are as a human being. Yeah, you know, which is fulfilling to you, and then allows you to be in that state where you’re like, okay, like, let me see how I can amplify this.

Promise Tangeman 36:00
Yeah, and when you when you like, lay down, when you lay your head down on your pillow at night, I feel like when you create a business that’s all about you, and what you love and your passions and everything. Like I mean, it’s awesome. It’s awesome when you first do it, and then you’re like, like, when you when you? Yeah, when you will. And when you’re thinking about just yourself like it’s so it’s so empty.

Alex Beadon 36:25
Yeah. It’s not fulfilling. Yeah, when

Promise Tangeman 36:28
you lay down, when you lay your head down at night, it’s like, oh, everything is just about me. That’s not, you know, and even when I think about, like, doing things that pull me out of my comfort zone, I’m really nervous about something, I’m like, Okay, I have to really recenter myself, because I’m the pressures not on me. Like I need to, I need to be there for other people, you know, and when you when you look at when the mindset is about giving to other people, then it just becomes easier and like feel like is more fulfilling when it’s about others not about yourself. So one of my mentors always said, when your business is about helping other people, you can always you will always have plenty of work. And I totally, totally believe in that. Like when it becomes about yourself, the collaboration, stop the helping other people stop, and then you just become really selfish. And so giving true, giving to others collaborating, like never feeling like you are, you know, on top of the world being too big for your boots. Yeah. And like there’s some people that like won’t post about other people or other people because they don’t want to give them any love or whatever. Like, that just doesn’t last that’s not going to, like what goes around comes around and the stuff that’s coming around for you isn’t gonna be anything you’re going after, you know.

Alex Beadon 37:51
It’s so true. Yeah. Okay. My next question is What? What role does your intuition play in your business? Because it’s such it’s and especially as creatives, I think it’s so hard, because it’s like, sometimes you feel really strongly pulled in a certain direction. Sometimes you have to reel it in. So I’m just curious, like, you know, do you always listen to your gut? Like, how does that work for you, as someone who has a team, like, you have to plan things out in advance? You can’t just like always go with the flow. Talk to me about that.

Promise Tangeman 38:21
Yeah. I feel like there has been a lot of times where I’ve been like, oh, no, we can make it work. And then your, your gut is telling you, no, you should not do that. And when you do that, and it ends up really terrible. So I went yeah, I would say going with your gut is like always the best. Yeah, thing. But yeah, your intuition, I feel like plays tricks on you sometimes, at least for me, especially when you’re saying you’re seeing shiny objects, or you see things that you really, really want to work. But then when it comes down to it, you’re in hindsight, you’re always like, I should have listened to my intuition and gone with gone with. But I feel like that just comes through learning and through through time. Like, I can think of already so many scenarios going through my mind. And I was like, Man, I wish I would have taken that back. But that’s all I mean, it’s all learning because you’re learning a lot of things right. And I feel like something I’ve learned lately, so I went to this event a few weeks ago, and I got to meet Joanna games.

Alex Beadon 39:23
Oh, I saw that on your insert. And I only just found out who she is, by the way, like literally last week

Promise Tangeman 39:32
because of my Instagram Yeah, so I went to an event and something that we talked about was what is one thing in your industry that saddens you that you wish wasn’t existing? And like what would your what would the world look like if it if that wasn’t existing? And to me, I said, I wish that people had more integrity in their businesses. Like, behind the scenes, being able to high golf on this tangent, but

Alex Beadon 40:06
I like it, let’s keep going. But for me,

Promise Tangeman 40:09
I guess it goes into intuition. For me, I just feel I’ve seen so many businesses that I’ve just been so surprised that aren’t doing aren’t being above board, they’re not doing the right thing. They’re, you know, trying to kind of skirt around issues or not being honest or transparent. And I feel like, that’s really sad. And to me, that is getting to the point of, like, I don’t want to become jaded in my industry, because I feel like, like, for instance, I feel like I’m always gonna be taken advantage of, or I’m never in a partnership that’s equal, or the people that that are approaching me about this always have something in it for them. And, and they do, because that’s business. And so I’m glad I’m learning these, these lessons, but I think I can tend to be really trusting with people. And so I feel like what I’m learning in this season is not to become jaded with it, but just to learn how to draw boundaries, and become a smarter businesswoman with some of the things that I’m learning. But ultimately, I think what makes me sad is some of the lack of integrity, you know, when when a hard situation comes up, like what are you going to do? You know, and I feel like, my experience lately has been like, just let met with disappointment and the choices that people are, are choosing to do so. Sorry, that’s such a downer.

Alex Beadon 41:31
It’s, it’s a part of it. And I think it’s a part of, you know, being a business owner is not easy, and you will have to face really difficult things where people let you down, or like you said, people just not being maybe 100%, ethical or whatever. Yeah, I think it’s good to hear you talk about it.

Promise Tangeman 41:49
Yeah. And that is with like, with clients, like when we’re working with clients, like I’m like, oh, man, like, you know, they’re like, really, this is not right, you know, or even with team members. Even collaborations that I’m a part of, you know, just things that like, Oh, I’m really surprised that they went that direction. That’s not what I was hoping for, or that’s not in my eyes, what I’d see is right, but everyone has their own set of ethics and like, intentions, I guess. And so just learning to know what mine are, I guess, before I go into things, and ultimately, bringing that back to intuition is, you know, finding people that are just like, especially with collaborations that are more like minded in terms of what our expectations are. And, and anyway, I think I’m just Javelin No, you’re

Alex Beadon 42:37
good. So talking about collaborations, what would you say? Are your favorite ways to collaborate?

Promise Tangeman 42:45
Whoo. Well, I always like coming up with new ideas and running with those, but then that just creates more businesses for me. True. One of my favorite collaborations to date has been designer. vacay. Right.

Tell me about that is

one of my designers on my team. Her name is Alyssa. And she’s amazing. But we actually met through, we were graphic designers, it was back in like maybe 2011. And both female graphic designers, and back in 2011, it’s not that many years ago. But still, a lot of men are in the tech world. And so when we found each other, we’re like, oh, my gosh, we’re designers and females. And we had a bunch of friends across the country that were doing the same thing. And so we thought, why don’t we put together an event where we can all get together and just hang out and like learn from each other until we’re all female graphic designers. And so what we did, so she’s technically my partner in this it’s called designer vacay. And we do prints every year with with female graphic designers, but she’s been just such a great partner, like always honest, above board, like, we just work together very well. And ultimately, I think when it when it comes to a good partner for me, I want to know that you have the best interest for me personally, as I do for you, besides the business like yes, we want the business to succeed. But more than we want money, like we want each other to succeed and we want the best for each other and I think that’s to me, what’s important is like not not sacrificing friendship for money, or sacrificing the good of for someone else because of money and that’s just not really what I want to be balanced. So she’s she’s totally on board like the same way where this kindred spirits in that way. And so, so yeah, designer vacay. We had a bunch of we invited a bunch of female graphic designer, designers out to Palm Springs, and then every year we said F to everyone who was invited, we say, Oh, you invite now another friend or two and so it just kept growing for the year. So

Alex Beadon 44:45
is it a conference? Is it like

Promise Tangeman 44:47
it kind of? Yeah, it’s kind of just hanging out? Yeah. Really interesting. We don’t tell anybody what we’re going to be doing. Okay. Nobody knows the speakers that are gonna show up. No. Buddy knows what’s gonna go on. Right? Um, and it’s just we hang by the pool, we have good margaritas and get drinks. It’s in Palm Springs. And we do a lot of like collaborating networking. There’s been a lot of businesses that have gotten started because of it, a lot of collaborations that have started. And then there’s also a lot of people that come that are designers on teams, like we had designers from Pay Pal, or Starbucks or Marie Forleo designers came the ACES designers. Yeah. And so they are also just a part of a design team. But it’s fun to be around people who are all doing the same thing. Yeah. As it’s so nice. We’re all females. We’re all graphic designers. It’s just great for conversations and to see where to see where everything leads. But yeah, so it’s been a blast. So we do have some speakers that come, but we just don’t tell anybody what’s going to happen.

Alex Beadon 45:52
I like it. I like it.

Promise Tangeman 45:57
It’s more of a vacation. That is a conference because one thing I hate is when I go to conferences, and I feel more. I feel more like exhausted rain storage. Yeah. When I leave than when they came like oh, crap, I got to do all this now. Discouraged, and so yeah, so I didn’t want to uplifting place.

Alex Beadon 46:19
It’s uplifting, like totally feel good. Happy vibes. I like it. Yeah. Okay, cool. Well, promise. We’re about to wrap up. I have some wrap up questions for you could call them like fire? What is that? That some people call it like fire? Whatever, I need to brand it. I need to come up with a name. I need to get a copywriter who can rise it rapid fire. Yes. That’s it, something like that. Anyway, so I’m gonna ask you some questions. Okay, you hit me with the answers. Okay. What is the one thing you do? That has been a non negotiable in the success of your business?

Promise Tangeman 46:53
What does that mean? Sounds like rapid fire.

Alex Beadon 46:55
No, that’s totally fine. So like, what is something that you you maybe a habit that you have in your day to day life that you do every single day or every single week that you think is a very important part of your success?

Promise Tangeman 47:08
Okay, I like to do things fast. And I would rather do I would rather spend like an all nighter working on something and get it done rather than it lasting like a year. And so that’s why we did the five day process is because I don’t like things dragging on. Right? Do you like to like be in and out? I like to do it. Let’s get it done. Let’s launch it. Yeah,

Alex Beadon 47:29
I like it. Okay, cool. Sure. A mindset shift that made the biggest difference in your life as an entrepreneur,

Promise Tangeman 47:35
I would say being open to like collaborating. And I think so many times we can like kind of hoard what we’ve built. I think being open and sharing.

Alex Beadon 47:48
That’s a good one. Yeah. Fill in the blank. The world would be a better place if more people knew.

Promise Tangeman 47:55
Blank. How to hustle and get stuff done.

Alex Beadon 48:00
Good answer. The book that changed my life was

Promise Tangeman 48:04
Big Magic. Oh, I

Alex Beadon 48:06
love that books. I Elizabeth Gilbert. I went to someone’s house the other day, they had that book on the bookshelf, and I was like, Oh my gosh, that’s one of my favorite books ever. And she turns to me, she’s like, I hated that book. I want to know more about that. I was like, okay. Okay, this is my favorite question asked people, I want you to challenge our audience to do something this week. So I want you to kind of like give them an action item that you think is really going to benefit them this week. relaunch your website. Hmm, we could talk about that a lot. And last but not least, where can people find you online?

Promise Tangeman 48:45
Go Live hq.co Is my company’s website where you can buy website template and do it yourself or we can do your website for you. You can find me on Instagram at promise tan gym in or you can find my company at go live HQ on Instagram. I would say those are like the best places you can find my personal blog, which is kind of like a you know, whatever, at promise tanjun.com

Alex Beadon 49:12
It’s a good blog. So question how do you say your last name?

Promise Tangeman 49:16
How do you pronounce it? Tan Jimin?

Alex Beadon 49:18
So it’s tanjun Yeah, my whole life I’ve

Promise Tangeman 49:22
always thought promise changement take Oh, you have or tenganan change. Team changeman changeman Yeah, Benjamin i A lot of people say Tang Tang Tang naman ha. But like, technically my husband’s last name is Brazil. And my last name is Mooresville never changed it online. And so I’m in that debacle. You know, I’m like, we’ve been married almost nine years now. I should probably

Alex Beadon 49:47
know I like it. Like I really love your last day and that’s how I know you. Anyway, my love. Thank you so much for joining us here on the podcast. It’s been so much fun having you I feel like we covered so many good topics. So thank you So, so much.

Promise Tangeman 50:01
Thanks for having me, Alex.

Alex Beadon 50:02
Okay, my love. That’s it. We’re done. Thank you so much for listening to today’s episode. If you enjoyed it, I would love for you to give me a shout out on your Instagram story or anywhere, just letting me know what your biggest takeaway was. You guys have no idea how helpful and useful it is for me, when you message me telling me what your aha moments were telling me what it is that you took away from the podcast, it helps me understand what is most valuable to you. And it helps me understand how I can be of the highest service to you. So if you could take two minutes to do that, I would really appreciate it. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope to hear from you over on Instagram. You can find me at Alex beaten, and I will talk to you again very soon. Bye

Oh my gosh, you guys look how amazing this shrimp serata cocktail looks meet Beatrice an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you. I’m all two of you. Well, I guess I’m just here by myself now. Why don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www.gram-slam.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.

#015 – From Italy With Love: How I Curate my Instagram Feed, Balancing Work with Travel and How Thoughts Create Reality

All that goes up eventually must come down.

Alex reflects on the excitement in her life over the last few weeks from another new location: Italy. Sounds like so much fun, but it hasn’t been all rainbows and butterflies.

Catch up with your favorite blonde as she meticulously covers her hectic travel schedules, the toll it’s been taking on her, how she’s been able to stay positive and motivated plus more.

This is On Purpose.

In this Podcast you’ll learn:

  • The joys and pains of taking your biz on the road
  • The benefits & drawbacks of posting on IG more than once a day
  • How Alex maintains a color theme on her Instagram profile
  • How Alex overcame the fear of using the Instagram feed as a highlight reel
  • Dealing with life’s curveballs
  • The power of turning ideas into reality

Loved this and want more? Check out our other episodes here.

Spark a conversation! Leave a comment below or say hello @alexbeadon on Instagram.

She’s waiting here for you:
Instagram: @alexbeadon
Facebook: Alex Beadon
Website: www.alexbeadon.com

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:00
In this episode, I talked about how I’m curating my Instagram feed how I’m balancing work with travel, and how thoughts create your reality. Welcome to on purpose. Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all, nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived. And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slip from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath, relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong. On purpose.

Hello, friends, it’s Alex Beadon. Here you’re listening to podcast episode number 15. Of on purpose with Alex Beadon. I come to you today with a little bit of sadness, because my sister and I recorded such an epic episode together a few days ago. And it was an episode that I thought was really fun. It had really good vibes, we covered some really great topics. It was super authentic. And I just loved the episode, I was really, really excited to post it for you guys. And then won’t won’t watch it turns out that because I’ve been traveling, I guess my microphone settings have been messed around with a little bit accidentally. And so when I set up the podcast, because I was doing it with two people normally what I do guys is I have a headphone set on so I can hear exactly how I sound. So I didn’t have a headphone set on to test the audio because I was doing it with my sister. So I don’t have to like I don’t have a setup that I can have to headphones with yet. And it’s so sad because it ended up that it was really blown out the audio was off. And so here I am Sunday morning, it is currently 7:17am and I am re recording episode 15 This time solo because Liz was way too tired to wake up this morning to do this episode with me. But not to worry, I’m sure I will definitely have her on before I leave to go back to Trinidad. Right now I’m coming to you from Italy in a place called Umaria. I hope I’m saying that correctly. And the reason that I’m here is because my sister is actually going to be getting married here next year. So she thought it would be cool to come visit to do some wedding planning to take a look at the different venues that we might have guests staying at. Also to go and take a look at churches, she’s actually already chosen a wedding venue. And what’s really cool is that we’re actually staying the night here in the venue. So it’s just really fun, because I know that this is going to be an important place for our family for the rest of our lives because my sister is going to marry and this was her fiance. And they’re going to do it here next year. And so to be here, it just has like these magical vibes of like, oh, like, this is going to be one of those places that we probably always come back to. So I feel really excited to be here. It’s very special to be here for the first time. Right now I am sitting right in front of a window. Because the desk in the room, it just is facing a wall. And I was like why would I face a wall when I have this gorgeous view to look out onto so I moved the chair to face the window. I’m looking out onto these gorgeous hills and all of trees. And it is just stunningly beautiful. It has been raining quite a lot, I will say. So I woke up this morning. And all I could hear was rain and I was like oh my gosh, it’s going to hurt the audio of my broadcast. But guys at this point in time, if you can hear the rain, I apologize. But this has to be recorded because today’s last day I can record it. As you can imagine. We’ve been very busy. While we’ve been here in Umbria, Umbria I don’t know how to say it. Because we’ve been like I said, going to see all of these different venues. And so I actually found out that this episode 15, the one that we recorded. When we were back in the hotel in England, it didn’t record while I found out yesterday morning, but we were so busy yesterday that like I just didn’t have time to sit down. We didn’t get home until like 10pm at night and then by the time we you know settled in. It was just I was way too exhausted to record again. So here I am. I’m actually not quite sure where this episode is going to go. This is going to be one of those like, catch up episodes where I just kind of be real with you let you know what’s going on behind the scenes of my business and my life. And so yeah, let’s dive in. So I feel like it’s been a while since I did like a pure updated solo podcast episode because we did the q&a and I’ve been traveling and things have been kind of up in the air so I’m actually excited that I’m able to do this to sit down with you guys. I think we need to change the Monday episode to be less of like a solo episode and more of like an in the moment episode. What I realized when I was interviewing Liz is that that, Oh, this isn’t actually a solo episode because I have a guest on so this technically counts as a guest episode. But I would most likely boast that during a solo episode week, because it’s like the week that we recorded it in present time, if that makes sense. And it’s just so much more fun to actually release it like in the actual week, instead of putting it at the end of our guest episodes, which we’ve already like planned out and scheduled. So yeah, so here I am checking in with you guys. What has been present for me this week this week has been in sane this time last week. What’s today Sunday? Yeah, this time last week, I was in Santa Marta. No, I was traveling from Santa Monica to Bogota. And then, from Bogota, I went to Trinidad, I spent a few days in Trinidad. And then I went to London, and literally just spent maybe, like 24 hours, not even, not even 24 hours in in London, before we meet my mom, my sister and my future brother in law, all hopped on a plane yesterday to come here to Italy. So the last seven days, I’ve been to 12345 different cities, which really explains why I’m feeling quite overwhelmed and why I am feeling a little bit anxious. It’s weird, because it’s like, it’s awesome to travel. Traveling is obviously one of the best things in the world, to be able to have the opportunity to work from anywhere is really such a blessing. I never take it for granted. It’s something that it’s like one of my favorite parts about what I do is just having the ability to travel. But when you actually do it, and especially when you do it in the way that I just did it, which is like, you know from one trip to the next. It’s a lot it’s definitely a lot and I’m feeling like I’m I’m just feeling distracted from my work. I’m feeling like I’m not as focused as I normally am, which is obvious because traveling takes up so much energy. But I’m also trying to remind myself that there was no two ways about it, like Colombia had to happen. It was Laura’s wedding. And then she had her friends Moon, which is like a once in a lifetime thing. This trip had to happen, my sister’s getting married. And she planned this period of time to go to Italy. And I really wanted to be here as her maid of honor to give her support and to really be here for her. So the fact that it’s happening one after the next I have zero control over so I’m just trying to remind myself that like this is just you know, what life is throwing at me right now. And sometimes it’s not 100% What I would choose it to be like it was up to me, this would have been way more spread out, I would have had a solid month at home in between going from Colombia to Italy. But like I said, it is what it is. I’m all about taking the cards that life has dealt you and doing the best with with what you have and what you can. And so I’m looking at this and I’m like, Okay, how can I create as much stability as I possibly can? How can I take as as good care of myself and my body as I possibly can? And how do I get as much work in as I possibly can. And sometimes I’m better at doing that than others like both of these trips have just been so busy like squeezing work in has been a really difficult thing to do. The traveling is just exhausting. Like even me right now. I’m waking up early to record this because we have an entire day packed full of events. So waking up to record this when last so last night, I actually didn’t sleep bad badly. I slept quite well, I think I got like a solid six hours of sleep, which is not as much as I normally get. But it’s better than the previous two nights because the previous two nights I was traveling to I was traveling to Italy so we woke up at like a 5am flight so I barely got any sleep on that on the night before last and then the night before last. The night before the night before the last I had a red eye flight and I think I landed in England at like 3am my time in Trinidad and I really didn’t get any sleep on the plane and then when I got into England, I was like let me try and stay awake as much as I possibly can. So sleep wise I’ve definitely been lacking and when I’m lacking sleep honestly and truly the last thing I want to do on planet Earth is work. So it has been a struggle it has been a struggle just balancing that work life balance right now is a struggle for me especially because I’m someone who’s so work oriented and I really like to constantly be pushing forward moving forward seeing change. And right now it’s just been hard. It has just been hard but I guess that’s just kind of like that’s where I’m at right now and to be honest with you it should I’m crossing my fingers it should definitely get better. I think this Italy trip is one of those things were We were only here for we arrived yesterday we leave tomorrow. So we’re literally only here for like one full day. So we have like jam packed this trip. full of activities. And when I say activities, it’s really like wedding related activities like you know, scouting locations and things like that. So yeah, so this while I’m here in Italy probably won’t get much work done. But I at least know like after this I’m going to be in England since I traveled all this way. I was like, I might as well come to England for a few weeks. So I will be in England for a week and a half after this. And I’m hoping that will be more relaxed, and then I’ll be able to get more work in and feel more productive than I’m feeling right now. On the plus side, I’m feeling very nourished, socially.

Spending time with Nick, over the past few weeks in Colombia has been amazing. Spending time with Laura over the past few weeks in Colombia has been amazing. Getting to spend time with my family. Now, I hadn’t seen my family in seven months, I actually saw my dad in March, but I hadn’t seen my my mom and my sister since January. So good seven months. So being back here with them is so nice. Like there’s really nothing like being with them. For me anyway. So it is it is a mixture of two things that like extreme frustration that I’m not getting my work done that I’m not moving as fast enough in my work as I would like to be. And you know, just being out of my routine, being away from home for so long, I realized that in the month of July, I think I was I was only at home for like a third of July. And I’m realizing that by the time I get back home, from my Italy England trip, I will have only been home for two days of that month, that entire month, I will have been at home for two days. So I’m trying to just show myself compassion because I’m like, I’m behind on all of my goals. Like I’m supposed to run 36 kilometres, I’ve run seven, eight. And then I’m like, it’s not it’s not the end of the world. Because we really did a lot of walking we I got a lot of movements in when I was in Colombia, like we did a 16 kilometer hike. We were walking up and down the streets of Bogota, like non stop getting in a ton of mileage and movement. So I’m not like I’m it’s weird, right? Because it’s like, I set this goal and like I want to run 36 kilometers this month. And, you know, really, if you dig deep into the why behind that goal, it’s because I want to be moving, I want to get movement. And I want to make sure that I’m moving my body because when I move my body, I feel good. And when I feel good, I show up to work better, I can live a better life, I can be better for the people in my life. And yet, I have done so much walking this month. But I’m still feeling kind of down about the fact that I didn’t get my 36k in, which is so silly, because I’m like, you definitely got your 36k and you just didn’t run it. Right. So I’m trying to be compassionate with myself and just be like, Dude, it’s all cool. It’s all good. When you get back into your routine, you can really commit yourself to this. But right now, it’s just not a good time. I also had a goal, a Grand Slam sales goal, which I’m super behind on, I can’t even give you the numbers like that’s how little I’ve been following up on this goal. So that’s just another example of like, not being able to hit my goal, not feeling particularly good about that. But also knowing that like this was a silly month to really get myself some big goals. I’m not at the point yet where I can travel and really commit to my exercise and really commit to getting my work hours in and like it’s not the end of the world. Like this isn’t a work trip. You know, this is I’m supposed to relax when I’m celebrating my best friend’s wedding. And so yeah, I’m definitely not feeling I’m not beating myself up about it. But at the same time is not the best feeling in the world. And I think it does cause a little bit of extra anxiety every day. And I just have to wake up every day and be compassionate to myself and like, do a little meditation meditation helps so much oh my gosh, guys, meditation that helps so much. Meditation and journaling has been such a savior for me on these trips. I am just laughing because I feel like it’s something that is so easy to skip. And yet it is something that has such a profound effect on the way that I feel. I did want to talk to you guys today about something that has been on my mind a lot lately, something that I’ve I have been putting a lot of effort into because I feel like it’s something that’s quick and easy. A lot of my work, especially when it comes to the sales side of things and marketing. I feel like it’s something that requires momentum. So it’s like I need to sit down and lock myself up for three, almost three weeks. No for excuse me for three hours. To really get the momentum behind my work to really get a lot of things done. I need to be in the right frame of mind. It’s very concentrative is that a word? It requires a lot of concentration. And so because it’s been so hard to carve out those long working hours I feel like I’ve been I’ve been feeling disabled in my work recently. But the one thing that I feel like I have been doing quite a good job of so I have to give credit where credit is due is my Instagram account, I’ve been trying really hard, especially over the last two weeks, I feel like when I was in Colombia, I let it slip. And I was like, hold up cannot let this slip, I need to be in constant communication with my people adding value, showing up for them, keeping them updated with what’s happening. When I was in Colombia, I was doing a lot of stories on Instagram, which is great, but my feed was being ignored. And so I would say the last two weeks, I’ve really been making an effort to take photos, post photos, create content, posting something is like yesterday, you know, I got home, I was so tired. At the end of the night, I was supposed to record the podcast and I was like, Dude, that’s just not happening. Like I’m so mentally exhausted, I can barely string a sentence together. But I was like, okay, so what can I do? I was like, You know what, I have this picture of me traveling from earlier today, I could do a little edit out a little bank into the mix, you guys know how I like to do on my on my Instagram feed. And I could write up a quick description and post it and be good to go. Right. And that took me maybe 20 minutes. And so those are the types of things that I can do. So those are the things that I’ve been trying to focus on. It’s like, okay, you could sit around all day and complain that you don’t have enough time to like, work on your funnel, and you don’t have enough time to write emails, and you don’t have enough time to blah, blah, blah. But what do you have time for. And if it’s a little 20 minutes here and there, then like, cool, let’s make time for that. So Instagram, my Instagram feed has been something that I have been trying and making a solid effort on doing. I have a goal to be posting, obviously, I want to be posting every single day. But I want to try something new, where I post like two or three times a day instead of just posting once a day. So I’ve been trying out this new schedule, which has been fun. I’ve also been looking at my feed with a very critical eye and being like, okay, you know, is this really expressing who I am, what I do, the hard thing about doing what I do and representing that online is that marketing is not a very visual thing, right? So I’m always trying to think of like fun and interesting ways of like, How can I bid? How can I visually communicate what I do? And how do I make sure that when people show up to my page, they’re they have a clear idea of like, why they should follow me. So that’s what I’ve been working on this week, you can go and check out my profile at Alex Beadon. And I’m just going to kind of walk you through what I’ve been doing and the few things that I have been focused on. And I’ve noticed that my profile views have gone way up, all of the stats on my page have gone way up. The one thing I will say about posting multiple times a day is that because you’re posting multiple times a day, each post, it seems to me is getting less likes. But the engagement is high. When I say engagement, like the comments are high, people seem to be interacting with the content, which is fantastic. It’s just that the likes are a little bit more spread out over the three pictures that you post or the two pictures that you post, I have adopted the mindset that I really don’t care about how many likes I get like I’m not posting photos to get likes, I’m posting photos to keep my core group of people my audience updated with where I’m at, and to give them value. Right. So like I have completely detached from any numbers, I’m not really looking at how many people are liking it, I’m more looking at how many people are commenting from it. And how much of a connection is it sparking with my people, I put a lot of effort into my descriptions and into creating images that I think are going to catch people’s attention. So when I hear from people in the comment section like that is really what makes it worth it to me is like the aftermath the conversation. My goal right now, like I said, is to be posting multiple times a day. And I also want to make sure that so when you go to your feed, and you look at your Instagram accounts, I want to make sure that for every grid of nine photos, there are at least five that have pink in them. And when I say that happening, I want it to have like a majority of pink in them. So you would look at that picture and be like, Oh yeah, that makes sure definitely has a strong pink theme. And one picture that has yellow because yellow is my secondary branding color. And then the turquoise blue color is like my tertiary brown color. And I want that to be represented in my feed. And really, if I’m being honest with you, over the last few months, I’ve had a light pink color pattern. But I haven’t really been putting my heart and soul into really making sure that it’s all pink. I’ve kind of just been like okay, if I have a picture and I can add pink cool if I don’t cool, I’ll post it anyways. But I really do want to get to a point where my my feed when you scroll through it, it has a really strong color theme and content theme. And so I feel like I’ve been doing a pretty good job. It’s way easier when you’re traveling. I feel like there’s so many pictures to take when you’re traveling when you’re on the road. So that has made it much much easier. It’ll be interesting to see how I feel about this when I go back to Trinidad and when I’m back home When I don’t feel like I’m doing something exciting, new and different every day, but it has definitely, it’s been fun. I’ve been like, I feel inspired by Instagram. Again, I feel inspired by posting to the feed again, which to be honest with you, I’ve had a really love hate relationship with it. Especially I would say, like, last year,

I just I was so over the content, curating, looking perfect. Only posting your highlight reel, like, I just really wanted nothing to do with that. I also have this thing where it’s like, I just don’t want to be one of those pretty girls on Instagram, where people are just following because they’re, they’re pretty girls, you know. And it’s like, I know that I could take a million pretty pictures of myself. And I could have way more followers and way more comments and way more likes, but it’s like, I just don’t want to be that girl. And so I think over the last year, I’ve done a lot of healing around that and being like, Listen, you want to be there for your people, you want to create content for your people, and you need to find a way to do it, that works for you. And that’s the key thing here is that for a long time, I was like, Oh, I can’t post on Instagram without looking vain or without looking like I’m trying to just create this perfect picture life or that was really holding me back. I stopped posting, I really wasn’t posting as much as I should have been posting. And it affects the relationship that I have with my audience because I’m not connecting with them on a regular basis through my feed. So now I’m at the stage that God where I’m like, Dude, I want to be posting to my Instagram. And I want to look at it like an art form. And I want to feel proud of my feet. And I want to find a way that I can express myself there. That feels good. To me that doesn’t feel like oh, here I am looking pretty in this location. And here I am looking pretty in this location. And oh, look, my life is so perfect over here. And like I’m just not about that life. So for me, it’s interesting because I find that posting photos that have more of a low key vibe. So like yesterday, I posted this photo of me at the airport. And it’s really not the most attractive photo of me in the world. I look disheveled at best, I have no makeup on. I’m just in a casual pair of jeans and sneakers I have a hoodie on and like I’m there with my hat and nothing is matching. All the colors are like clashing with each other. It is not a very fashionable photo. But I like posting photos like that. Because to me, it’s like this is real, like this is what I look like when I travel. And this is how I feel when I travel. And I did this whole little spiel about how I don’t really like talking to people on the plane when I travel. So I literally do everything I can to maximize my comfort and my privacy. So like I wear a hat when I’m traveling, basically to avoid eye contact with people. I wear massive headphones to basically signal to people Hey, like I’m in my own world, I don’t want to talk to you. It sounds so antisocial. But it just kind of is a part of who I am. So I did a little post on it. And I love posts like that. Like I think posts like that are valuable and real and authentic. And they’re posts that I’m proud of. But what’s interesting, and I have to have my sister Liz on the podcast to talk about this is that Liz looks at it. And she’s like, Dude, you look horrible. Why would you post that picture? She’s like, you should have a way more curated feed where like, every single picture of you is a beautiful, gorgeous picture of you, because you’re representing your business. And so it’s interesting, I think we definitely need to have an entire conversation about this on an app on a future episode. And if you’re interested in that, definitely hit me up on Instagram and let me know. Because it’s so funny. I’m all about like, I just want to post real pictures of myself and my sisters like dude, you need to be posting like professional pictures all the time you need to up your game. And I think there is a balance for sure. But yeah, I’d love to have that conversation. So yeah, proud of myself for at least being in touch with you guys via stories at least being in touch with you guys by the feed and at least being in touch with you guys. Via the podcast. I haven’t failed on the podcast. You know how easy it would have been for me this morning to be like screw it. I’m not waking up early to do this podcast like they’re just gonna have to live without a podcast on Monday. But no, here I am Sunday morning 7am up early before the rest of my household recording this podcast episode so I’m it’s it’s like I said you know, I’m I’m a little frustrated that I’m not working as much as I’d like to be working. But simultaneously, life is not all about work. And this is a really special time in the lives of the people who matter most to me. So it is a little bit of an off time for me. And I think that’s okay, because I’m doing my best in lots of ways and I am succeeding and showing up in many other ways. Like I said Instagram during recording this podcast. Also the feedback that I’ve been getting from you guys about the podcast is just amazing. So that has been so so wonderful to experience like as I’m traveling, seeing you guys post about the podcast and getting messages from you guys about the podcast. You have no idea. It’s it means so much to me to hear from you guys. So you know you are if you’ve messaged May I just want to say thank you, because it really, it really does keep me going. And it reminds me of the importance of showing up making sure that this gets out. When I say it’s going to get out and always doing my best. The last thing that I want to talk to you guys about is a conversation that I had last night with Andreas and I’m giving him full credit for this because it’s just such an interesting conversation. And the conversation is around thoughts and ideas and ideas becoming reality. Last night, we got home pretty late around 10. Well, for us, it was late guys, because we’d been up since four in the morning traveling. But we got home around 10pm. And we poured out a bottle of wine for between the four of us and we went we sat outside actually swapped out my wine for water because by that point in time, we’d had so much wine, because we went for dinner. I was like, Dude, I can’t have any more wine. So I actually had a lot of water. But we went outside and it was a full moon. Did anyone see the full moon this week? Oh my Lord. It was beautiful. I love looking at the moon. I love all like checking out the phases of the moon. So so cool. So anyway, we’re outside crashing on the moon taking in the view, the moon lit up the entire valley, we’re kind of up in a hill. So we can just see all of these hills in front of us we can see the the low clouds and I’m just setting the scene for you. It was gorgeous. You could hear the crickets in the background. And it just felt so peaceful. And and then I started talking about you know, what it’s like to be human and what it’s like to have this experience and what it’s like that we can look at this and say, Wow, this is beautiful. But like if you actually dig, dig deeper into that, like what is it that makes us think that this is beautiful, you know. And so we started talking about ideas and about the countries and about it was it was really interesting what he was saying he was basically saying that, like, we have these visions of what things are like what the government is or what a country is, or you know, the corporation or Google, Apple, Uber like all of these things, they have very strong meanings in our minds. But when you think about it, all of these things are man made. They are all ideas. They’re all thoughts that have formed into something that is, quote unquote, real. But they’re not real. They’re actually not real. They’re actually all figments of our imagination that so many of us believe in that it has become real. But everything started as a thought everything started as an idea. And so I wanted to just bring that up to you guys today. Because like that is that’s, you know what we do in our businesses as well. Everything starts as an idea. Everything starts as a thought. And at first it feels like, oh, this might never happen. And this is so unrealistic. I remember being living in England, when I first graduated from college, I moved into my parents home. And I remember thinking to myself, like, Am I ever gonna make anything of this? Like, is this going anywhere? am I wasting my time. And I just kept believing I just kept believing I was like, This is what I’m aiming for. This is what I’m aiming for. This is what I’m aiming for. And I’m not there yet, but like, I’m a million steps ahead of where I was 10 years ago. So I can I can look at that and be like, okay, like, your thoughts become your reality. So invest your thoughts into really drawing your dreams into reality and taking action towards making your dreams a reality. Watch the way you speak about your business. Watch the way you speak about everything that you’re trying to create in your life. Because the way that you speak about things, says a lot about the way you’re thinking about things and the way that you’re thinking about things dictates dictates the way that you’re feeling about things and the way that you’re feeling about things dictates how you show up to actually create those things. So if in the back of your mind, you’re like, Oh, I really want to start this business. But I don’t know if it’s ever gonna happen. This is a pipe dream. You know, I’m just kind of like throwing mud at a wall I have no idea what I’m doing. Fix that. Fix that fix that don’t shop with that energy people

because you’re gonna bring it to reality and exactly the same energetic way that you’re thinking about it and talking about it and feeling about it. Take responsibility for cleaning up your inner energy, your inner space. Oh my god, I’d love to do a course on this. I’ve been telling myself this for so long is like creating a course on like basically taking energetic responsibility within your business and really making sure that you’re always in a great energetic frame of mind frame of being whenever you sit down to do any work in your business, being clear about the vision of what it is that you’re trying to accomplish. is so so, so important. I’d love to do a course on that. If you’re interested. Hit me up on Instagram. Let me know I’m at Alex Beadon. But yeah, I think that’s everything I wanted to share with you guys today. That’s really the true update of where I’m at what I’ve got going on. It really just comes down to a lot of family time. A lot of friends time, a lot of celebrations in my life right now people are getting married people having big life changes, and me being there to support them, which also means that I have less time to do work, but I’m feeling grateful because I can, if I had a nine to five job, this would be so much more difficult, I would have to like, schedule time off. Like, it’s so much easier for me to just come and not think about work, you know, because I know that I can figure it out, I can work when I’m on the go, it might not be as productive as me working from home. But it’s, it’s an option for me. So just feeling grateful for that. Also celebrating the things that are going right for me. So right now, that’s Instagram, and really, that being a place where I can be like, Okay, I can’t get three hours of work in but I can get 20 hours of work in and I can post something to my telegram. And then just being aware of the fact that like everything in life, everything, everything, everything started as a thought started as an idea started as something that’s, that’s not real, even the things that we think are real, they’re not real. I feel like I’m getting really deep on you guys here. But just bringing awareness around the energy that you’re bringing into your business, the thoughts and feelings that you have around your business and and knowing that that is what creates the creation is how you’re feeling how you’re thinking. So yeah, I hope you enjoyed this episode. I am going to go downstairs make myself some breakfast rest my voice box because to be honest, guys, my voice is really I feel like I’m really stressed straining my voice right now. But thank you so much for listening. Thank you so much for being a part of this podcast journey with me. Thank you for being on this entrepreneurial journey with me. Thank you for the DM thank you for the love. I really, really appreciate it. Thank you for the reviews, you guys have still been leaving podcast reviews, which just makes me feel so freakin happy. If you haven’t left a review, I would absolutely love for you to go and leave a review. So definitely head on over to the iTunes podcast app and search for on purpose with Alex Beadon. And you can also do it from your computer and write a review. Because I would really appreciate it, it would mean a lot to me. I’m trying to think Is there anything else that I need to leave you with before I wrap this up? I just have so much love and respect for you guys. And I want you to know that I think of you every single day. Because I’m all like my goal is to just serve you. So I just want to thank you guys so much for having me here. Thank you for communicating with me. And that’s it. I’m just in a grateful state of mind. I’m gonna go have breakfast, I’m gonna go get ready for my day. And I’m gonna keep you guys updated via Insta Stories. And hopefully I will have lives on the podcast over the next two weeks. I really appreciate you guys. I love you have a wonderful week and I will talk to you again soon. Bye. Thank you so much for listening to today’s episode. If you enjoyed it, I would love for you to give me a shout out on your Instagram story or anywhere. Just letting me know what your biggest takeaway was. You guys have no idea how helpful and useful it is for me. When you message me telling me what your aha moments were telling me what it is that you took away from the podcast. It helps me understand what is most valuable to you. And it helps me understand how I can be of the highest service to you. So if you could take two minutes to do that I would really appreciate it. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope to hear from you over on Instagram. You can find me at Alex beaten and I will talk to you again very soon. Bye

Oh my gosh you guys look how amazing this shrimp serata cocktail looks me Beatrice an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you. Um, all two of you. Well, I guess I’m just here by myself now. Don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www.gram-slam.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.

 

#013 – My Do’s & Don’ts of Selling, When Goals Go Wrong & Why I Think You Should Be Alone

Look. Learn. Make More Money.  

Alex details her second week in Colombia, sharing some insightful encounters she’s faced in her everyday at Santa Marta and how your business and personal life stand to benefit.  

In this Podcast you’ll learn

  • Alex’s Do’s & Don’ts for Selling
  • Advice for budding entrepreneurs
  • How to be flexible with your goals
  • The struggles of work/personal life
  • About the joy of being disconnected

Loved this and want more? Check out our other episodes here.

Spark a conversation! Leave a comment below or say hello @alexbeadon on Instagram.

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:02
Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all, nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived. And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slip from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath, relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong on purpose.

Hello, friends, it’s Alex Beadon. here coming to you from Santa Marta, Colombia. I’m very excited to be talking to you. Because this just makes the podcast all the more real, the fact that I’m traveling, and I’ve been traveling now for the past, how long has it been, it’s been almost two weeks. It’s been like nine days. So a week and two days that I’ve been traveling, which means that I’ve recorded two podcast episodes, which is just fun, because now the podcast is a legit part of my weekly schedule, which is awesome. As you guys know, every Monday and Thursday, New episodes come out on a Monday, a solo episode comes out on a Thursday guest episode comes out. And the guest episodes have been recorded in advance. So those are actually really easy for me to do and schedule in. But the solo episodes have a much more live field, which was really important to me when I created this podcast. And so that requires me to actually record when I’m traveling. And there’s no pressing pause on the recordings, which is fun, but also very interesting to schedule in. But I’m glad that I’m here, and I am recording this for you. We have been here in Santa Monica for the What’s today, today is Friday. And we got in on Monday. So today’s the fifth day that we’ve been here. And like I mentioned, I’ve been in Colombia now for 10, nine days, nine days. And it’s been really interesting because I’ve been practicing my Spanish. And for those of you who don’t know, I actually spent five years of my childhood growing up in Venezuela. So I spent my childhood always being surrounded by Spanish and my dad speak Spanish, but I always went to American International School. So I never learned Spanish fluently. I was very good at it, it was always my best subject in class, because I grew up listening to it, but I never spoke it fluently. And so it’s been really interesting coming back to a Spanish country for the first time in a long time. And just listening to it again and having to practice it again. And it’s showing me how different I am today versus when I was a child when I was a child, I feel like I had a lot of self consciousness about speaking Spanish. And I felt really afraid to speak Spanish. And that’s probably a big part of the reason why I never learned Spanish. And today as an adult, I’m like, Oh my gosh, I get to practice my Spanish Yes. And I have like, zero issue making a fool of myself and like just practicing because I know it’s an opportunity to further learn. So it’s that’s been really interesting. For me, it’s just like looking at the difference of how I feel around speaking Spanish. And it’s also just shown me like how I’ve grown as an individual, feeling much less self conscious than I did when I was like, in my young childhood illness, early teen age, compared to now. So that’s been really fun and really interesting to acknowledge. And I bring that up because I kind of want you guys to just ask yourself, you know, how good are you at not really caring what other people think. Because when I was a child that was a really big thing to me is I really cared what people thought. And now as an adult, I’m just like, I want to learn.

I don’t really care what you think of me. So yeah, we’re here in Colombia. We were here for the wedding. This is the first time I’m speaking to guys since the wedding happened. And it was beautiful and magical. And it happened on like this horse ranch. And it was about an hour outside of Bogota. And it was, I mean, to be honest with you, I did not know what to expect. But it was just so so so magical. And I’m really excited for the pictures to come out so I can share some some of them with you guys. For those of you who are just joining the podcast. Laura is my best friend. She’s also the operations manager and my business so we work together and she’s actually taking this time off. So she’s on full time vacation mode as she should be because she just got married. But so it was just really fun for us to get to have this new experience together of her getting married. And for me to get to see my best friend from elementary school walked down the aisle. Fun fact, Laura walked down the aisle twice because the first ceremony she had was an outdoor ceremony and it was beautiful until maybe about like 1520 minutes in it started raining. So we literally had to press pause on the on the ceremony and kind of like shuffle the bride and groom to the side and then shuffle everyone inside and they have to like really just kind of on the fly. Bring all of the chairs inside. Bring all the tables and the decorations like everything inside and then do a part two of the ceremony inside while it rained outside. And it was just so beautiful and so much fun. And Laura got to walk down the aisle twice. So I got to watch My best friend walked down the aisle twice. And their vows are beautiful. And the whole ceremony like everything that was in English was also translated into Spanish. And it was just perfect and beautiful. And it’s an experience that I will absolutely never forget. And I tried to document it the best I could. I took like a million photos and videos, which is awesome. But now we are in Santa Monica, which is about, I believe, like an hour and hour and a half flight from Bogota. I can’t really remember because I fell asleep. And it’s been so interesting coming here, because Colombia is a very vast and varied country. This is my first time in this country. Definitely not my last because this place is very impressive, and Bogota was, it had a higher altitude, so you’re much much, much higher up above sea level, which was interesting, because I had a little bit of altitude sickness, and the temperature there was much cooler, it wasn’t too cold, but it definitely had like a chilliness to it, the weather was just very, very different to where we are now, which is not the motto, which is on the coastline. And so we’re literally right on the beach. As I’m recording this episode, I am sitting in my bedroom, and the entire wall to the outside is just complete glass window, and I’m looking out onto the ocean. If you’ve been following my stories on Instagram at Alex Beadon, you will know what my view is like, it’s absolutely phenomenal. So I’m just here looking out onto the ocean right now. And there’s a few things that have happened in Santa Monica that I was like, Oh, I have to talk about this on the podcast. And so one of them is that in one was it I can’t remember what it was. I think it was like the second night we were here we all went out to dinner. And so we all hopped in the car, and it was like a 1015 minute drive to dinner. And we get out and we’re in this beautiful square. And where we went for dinner is actually more in the city than where we are now. Right now we’re like, like I said, like 10 minutes out. But I was surprised to go into the city come to find out that it’s like the second oldest city in South America, apparently, which is super, super interesting. And we go to the city, and I was just blown away. Because number one, it’s super beautiful. Really, really nice. We go in, we sit down at the restaurant, we’re sitting outside the restaurant. And guys there. I mean, we must have been stopped. And people try to sell things to us about 50 million times while we ate dinner. This is no exaggeration, like it was literally like, like they have decided the hustlers on the streets of Santa Monica have decided that oh, we know foreigners come here. And we know foreigners have money. And so we’re literally going to like, get into a line because this is what it felt like it felt like they took turns. They weren’t all coming to us at once. It was literally one after the next after the next after the next after the next after the next. Some of them were dancing and then coming and asking for money after some of them were singing and coming and asking for money after some of them were selling food. I’m like we’re at a nice dinner, why would we want to buy food from you. Some of them are coming up and just begging for food. So it was a really interesting dynamic because on the one hand, you know that the people are poor, there’s poverty here, there’s a lot of poverty here, which is why they’re, you know, they’re needing to do this, they’re needing to hustle, they’re needing to try to get some sort of income through the door. And then on the other hand, you’re like, or especially me as a marketer. I’m like, Dude, you guys are going about this all in the wrong way. Right? So we had that experience. Going out to dinner literally just one after the next after the next after the next we had people rapping at us while we were eating our dinner rapping like with this massive speaker hanging around this guy’s neck. And he’s just coming up to us and pointing at us and rapping to us and we’re just trying to ignore him because we do not want to listen to him rapping while we’re eating our dinner. And then you have the next extreme which is the beach. So we went to the beach a cat I think it’s I can’t remember the name of the beach, playa Blanca or something like that. And we take a boat we all get on this boat and we go out to it’s kind of very similar to down the islands and Trinidad actually very similar look, hop on this boat get to the beach. We all sit down on the beach. We get under this nice little like umbrella situation cool, we’re relaxed. Next thing you know it is just hustler after hustler after hustler after hustler after hustler selling us things they’re trying to sell us like these. I don’t even know what to call them like little things that you would hang up in your room or like in your living room like little decorations that you can remember from your trip. They’re trying to sell us food that they’ve literally been walking up and down on this hot beach with for hours. They’re trying to sell us Oh iPhone cases that are waterproof they’re trying to sell us these flotation devices for the ocean they’re trying to sell is 1,000,001 things and the worst part is like they’re coming ones that come in twice or three times and then their friends are coming who are also selling the same thing. So like hey, you want some you want some you want some you want some? And they’re not just like passing by and asking, if you want some, they’re coming straight up to your face and be like, Hey, you see this? Do you want some, it’s like no, leave us alone, we just want to enjoy the beach. And the reason I bring this up is because it really showed me the type of bad marketers and the type of bad salespeople that exist in the world. And I’m not trying to like be little them or make them feel bad about what they’ve done or anything like that, oh, Laura’s walking by my window, and I’m giving her a wave hello. I’m not trying to make them feel bad. But it just brought to my attention why people are afraid people are afraid to market their business because they don’t want to be perceived as these type of people as these type of hustlers are the type of people who are trying to sell to you and in doing so are ruining your experience of whatever it is that you’re experiencing. So in this case of the beach, or of our dinner, like the hustlers were definitely ruining our dinner, and they were ruining our experience of the beach. Right? So I want to kind of bring that up with you guys today. Because a lot of people are afraid to be this type of hustler. They don’t want to annoy people, they don’t want to frustrate people. They don’t want people to hear their marketing messages and roll their eyes and be like, Oh, she’s trying to sell to us again. Right? So I wanted to just kind of like highlights how to not be like those people. Number one permission. This is why I don’t feel bad sending out sales messages to my email list. Because I set I spent so much time creating free content for my email list. And I have done so for years, like literally since 2000. And what are we in? Maybe since 2011, when I started taking my email list super seriously, but I was making content for them even before then. So we’re looking at a good seven years of creating free content for people. And sometimes people are like, Don’t you feel bad when you send out sales messages being like telling people what you’re selling? And I’m like, No, like you chose to be on my email list. You get free content sent to your inbox from me that I’ve put together for free all the time. And sometimes, you know, I’m running a business over here. Sometimes I have to ask for the sale, I have to be like, Yo, I have this thing that’s happening. Are you interested yes or no? Right? So in that case, you’re looking at like an when you’re looking at an email newsletter, you’re looking at people who have signed up to hear from you. If at any point someone’s like, you know what, Alex is really bothering me with these grandslam marketing sales messages, they can unsubscribe at any time. This is why I don’t feel bad. If someone emails me, they’re like, oh my gosh, you’re sending out too many sales emails, I’m like, Dude, there’s an unsubscribe button right at the very bottom. Like, if that’s like, if you’re not interested in being a part of my newsletter anymore, that’s where you can go. I’m not ruining someone’s email experience when they themselves have signed up for my emails and can unsubscribe at any given time. Right. There’s one other thing I wanted to mention about this, what was it, it was just about making sure that you have people’s permission to sell to them, and that you’re selling to, it’s selling them in need selling them something that you know, that they need. Now, I don’t feel bad talking to business owners about grandslam, about how to use Instagram stories to connect with their audience so that they can build that know like and trust factor so that more people buy from them. Because we all know people buy from people that they know like and trust. I don’t feel bad about talking about that. Because I truly believe in what it is that I’m selling. I’ve seen it work for myself. I’ve seen it work for my clients. I don’t feel bad about it, because I know it’s going it’s going to be beneficial to those people. Now, if you’re selling something, and you’re like, oh, this person doesn’t really need it. So like for example, if I’m on the beach, and someone’s walking around, and they’re trying to sell me something that I don’t need, that’s frustrating. If I’m sitting at dinner, and someone’s coming up to me, and they’re like, Yo, you want some snacks, it’s like no man, I’m here having a nice dinner, I don’t want any of your snacks.

It doesn’t fit, right. Whereas if you’re trying to sell something that people really need and that people are going to benefit from, there’s no need to feel bad about it. I think a lot like we have our lines all crossed. A lot of people who are new to running a business think that if you’re selling something you’re like one of those hustlers at the dinner or you’re one of those hustlers at the beach, and that’s just not the case. I don’t know about you guys, but there have been so many times in my life when people have sold me things that I was genuinely happy that they were selling to me because it was something I needed. And I’ll give you an example. Laura, this is totally not my fault. Laura obviously had her wedding and for her wedding, it was an outdoor wedding. And a lot of it was on the grass. The ceremony the outdoor ceremony was on a grass. So she specifically told all of her bridesmaids and yes, I was a bridesmaid It was amazing. She told all of her bridesmaids. Hey guys, don’t forget it’s an outdoor ceremony. Don’t bring stiletto heels. What is your girl Alex do? She brings stiletto heels? Of course, I forgot. So I arrived in Colombia, and I’m so excited. And then a few days before the wedding, she’s like, Oh, you brought proper shoes, right? And I was like, oh my god, I totally forgot. So I I then go to the mall. And I buy proper shoes that have like a thick heel so that I don’t go sinking into the grass when I’m walking down the aisle in front of the bride. And I was so happy to find the perfect heels. I, I mean, words can’t describe how happy I was to find heels that I could walk down the aisle with without tripping over and falling on my face. And that’s a perfect example of an A sales experience where I was happy that the person was trying to sell something to me because it’s really what I needed. And the man in the store was like, Hey, we have these shoes. We had these shoes. Like as soon as I walked in, he was like, Hey, what are you looking for? And I could tell him specifically Oh, dude, I’m looking for this and doTERRA. And it’s a, it’s a sales experience that’s enjoyable to me. So if you’ve ever struggled with, you know, just the idea of having to sell to people, I want you to really remember like, when was the last time that you bought something that you really enjoyed the process of buying it? I will tell you what, every single time I buy an Apple computer, I buy a new MacBook Pro. There’s a little child inside of me that is so happy. I’m like, yes, a new laptop. It’s amazing. So ask yourself like when what sales experiences have been joyful for you? And how can you replicate those same joyful experiences for your customer? How can you make buying from you a joyful experience? I can’t tell you how many people have messaged me being like, Alex, oh my god, I absolutely loved your free Instagram Stories course. And when I was done, I knew I wanted to invest in Grand Slam it was like the obvious next best step right? There. I’ve created a beautiful sales experience where they don’t even feel like they’re being sold to. When I announced Grand Slam, we had our first sale in three minutes, three minutes, because people were excited about it. It wasn’t like I was sitting there trying to force something down people’s throats, people were excited about it. So that’s what we want to. That’s, that’s the type of experience that we want to create for our customers. And that’s the type of experience I want to encourage you to create for yours. The next thing I wanted to discuss with you guys here in Santa Monica, we’re staying in Laura’s parents lovely vacation home. It’s super nice. It’s an apartment building. And there’s no cold water. There’s no cold water, no cold water. What am I saying there’s no hot water. So every single time that you take a shower, it is a cold shower. Now two things. Number one, it’s not really that cold. The weather here in Santa Monica is hot. So the water is really not that cold. I’ve had cold showers in England before and those are ice cold showers. This is just a lukewarm cold shower. But still, nonetheless, when you jump into this cold shower, your entire body wakes up. And you’re immediately like, Oh my God, how do I get out of this cold water as soon as possible. The first time that I took a shower, I actually didn’t finish my shower, I turned the water on and I waited and they waited and waited and then it came out. I was like, Hey, Laura, I think we need to turn the hot water on or something like the hot water is not working. Come to find out, we just don’t have hot water. So it’s really been interesting to see my experience from the very beginning of like not wanting to take a shower, I would take showers because to be honest with you, I can jump in, like soak my body and then jump out and it’s cool when I have to jump in and wash my hair. I mean, that’s a whole next level of commitment when it comes to being in the cold. Those of you who know me know, I hate the cold. This is why I avoid living in England. It’s because I hate the cold. But what was interesting is at the beginning, I was so against sales like oh, you know, thank God for dry shampoo, like I’m just going to dry shampoo my hair up. And I’m just going to avoid washing my hair. Fast forward to now we’re almost at the end of this trip. And I’m like dude, cold showers my friend. And this is why this is kind of the entrepreneurial lesson that I’m kind of pulling from this. And your entrepreneurial journey, you are going to have to do things that you don’t want to do things that take a lot of time, things that take a lot of mental thought things that take a lot of organization, things that use skills of yours that you’re not very good at. Let’s admit it, guys, when you’re an entrepreneur, you have to do a lot of things. You’re wearing many hats, and you’re not they’re not all your strengths, especially at the beginning, especially if you’re a solopreneur especially if you’re doing this by yourself. There are so many things that you have to do and it’s only you everything lies in your shoulders, you have to figure it out. If you don’t know how to do it, you have to learn how to do it. And it’s hard and it’s uncomfortable and you have to push through you have no choice but to push through this miserable experience. And it’s similar to taking a cold shower because at first I was so against it. But then like now when I go in the shower, I literally just count I’m like okay, cool. I’m gonna count 321 And then I’m going to jump into that cold shower no matter how I feel about it, no matter how cold it feels, no matter how uncomfortable I am, and I’m going to stay in that cold shower and do whatever needs to be done until it is finished and until I’m done and ready to get out of the shower. So what does that mean? That means I jump in the cold shower, I take out the shampoo, I lather up my hair and I literally I’m not even rushing, I’m just like, Okay, once you get in, it’s fine. Once you can, like withstand those first, I would say 60 seconds, it starts to become enjoyable, right? It starts to be like, okay, cool, I got this, I got the hang of this and it actually starts to become refreshing. I don’t know if you guys know a lot about taking cold showers. But there’s a lot of like, amazing people. It’s not just cold showers, but it’s like colds, cold swimming pools, and there’s like a whole theory behind it. I can’t even remember what it’s called. But it’s very good for your body wakes you up, gets your blood pumping. It’s really, really good for you. I remember someone once told me, you know, if you want to succeed in life, you should take only cold showers every day. And living here in Santa Marta, where that has been my only choice is actually shown me how right and how true that really is. Like, I’ve actually come to enjoy my cold showers. I get in the shower. And it’s almost like, it’s almost like I’m testing myself. You ever heard that quotes? How’s it go? It goes like, pain. Yeah, I think it’s pain is, is weakness leaving the body. And so like you’re in pain, and you’re in this coldness, but all I can keep telling myself is oh my god, this is making me stronger. This is just weakness, leaving the body this is just me like, strengthening, right. So it’s very similar to the entrepreneurial journey, like we’re wearing so many hats, there’s so many things that we need to do so many things that we need to learn to do and to be good at. And that’s just weakness, leaving the body every single time you struggle with it, like just follow through the important part is like getting the momentum to keep going. And as I was taking a cold shower every single day, this week, that is literally the only thing that has come to my mind is like, wow, like this is just life, like life is gonna hand you sometimes the worst set of cards, you know, you’ll notice I always talk about like, life is just you got to hand of cards, like you can’t choose which cards you were dealt, but you can choose how you play them, right. So sometimes you’re gonna get dealt a bad hand of cards, and you just gotta follow through and, and power through it until you get your next set of cards. Right. So that’s kind of the life lesson that I took from that I’ve actually really been enjoying my cold showers. Next thing I wanted to speak to guys about is the fact that it’s now past the middle of the month. It’s kind of interesting, these podcast episodes, they fall, not perfectly, so you’re gonna have to try and remember like beginning of the month, middle of the month, as I’m recording this today, it’s the 17th of August. And so what I try to do is in the middle of every month, I review my goals and see where am I at? And what do I need to do in order to accomplish the goals that I set out from the beginning of the month. And I can tell you, my friends this month has been crazy for me, as you know, I’ve had Laura’s wedding, I’ve been traveling, as soon as I got back to Trinidad. In a few days, I’m then going to England and then going to Italy. So this is a big, big travel month for me. And so Surprise, surprise, I’m not very far along on my monthly goals. So I sat down today, to really take a look at my goals to look at where I’m at. And to be like, Okay, what needs to happen in order to get these accomplished. So no matter where you are, the important thing is not being hard on yourself and being like, Oh, you didn’t accomplish this, you’re such a loser. The important thing has been like cool, I didn’t accomplish this, but it’s still my goal. And I can still do my best to move forward. How can I be better, like what has really been holding me back over the last however many days, and also looking for the ways in which it can be easy. So for example, you know, I have a goal to run 36 kilometers this month, guys, I’ve ran two.

I’ve ran two. I know it’s horrible. I’ve run two of my 36 kilometers, and we’re 17 days into the month. But I’m not gonna let it stop me. I’m literally going to look back and be like, Okay, what really stopped me to be quite honest with you, it just hasn’t been a priority. When you’re going out and you’re meeting people and you’re spending time with your best friend for her wedding. And there’s events da running has just not been my priority. Also, we’ve been walking a lot on this trip. When we were in Bogota, whenever I traveled with Nick, Nick is such a walker, I’m definitely not a walker at all. But having traveled with him a few times now, he has definitely shown me the beauty of walking through cities. And I will I will say we’ve been walking a lot. So when we’re in the city, and we’re walking around all day, and we come home and I’m exhausted the last thing on planet earth I want to do is go for a run, which is understandable. So number one, show yourself compassion. Number two, ask yourself, How can I be different moving forward? So I took a look at how many days I have left. I divided it and I was like, okay, cool. Now, instead of running three times a week, I have to run every single day. And instead of running three kilometers a day, I have to run four kilometers a day. So that’s going to be my goal. Will it happen? I hope so. And I’m aiming for it. But if it doesn’t happen, I’m not going to be super upset about it. I’m going to show myself compassion and such as life right? You can only do the best that you can do. But this is just your mid monthly reminder to review your goals. Show yourself compassion and make a plan of action and do your best to stick to it. The next thing I want to talk to you guys about is it’s been so weird being here because when we decided to come to Santa Monica firstly, I don’t think I actually explained this Here on the podcast, Scott and Laura decided to do something that not many people decide to do, instead of going on a honeymoon directly after the wedding, they decided to go on a friend’s Moon, which basically means that they invite all of their closest friends to go to a destination of their choice, in this case on the MATA. And that’s what ended up happening, they have six friends here. So a total of eight of us here on the friends moon. And I decided, you know, this is something I really wanted to do. Laura is my best friend from childhood. And so it’s a once in a lifetime opportunity. But this was also a really busy time in my business, if you’ve been listening to the podcast for any length of time, you will know this is a really busy time in my business. So I wanted to comment, I wanted to make the best of it. But I also wanted to get work done. And I also wanted to, you know, be productive. And so it’s been really interesting being on this trip, because I know that if I had a normal regular corporate nine to five job, I most likely would not have been able to come. In fact, many people were not able to come because they only have a specific set number of vacation days. So it’s just been this mixture of like feeling a lot of gratitude to be able to do what I do. The fact that I can work from anywhere that has an internet connection, the fact that I’m able to come here, and I’m able to work so like, I think I’ve pretty much spent 50% of the days working and 50% of the days participating in whatever activities were planned for that day. So we pretty much looked at the schedule for Santa Mata and we divided and we’re like, Okay, well, these are the like big events that are happening. And these are the little events that are happening. So we decided, Nick and I that we would work on the not so busy days, and we would play on the really fun days. So yesterday we went to a national park here in Colombia, and we hiked eight kilometers to this beach. So it took about two and a half hours of hiking to get to this beach. And it’s the most gorgeous beach you’ve ever seen. If you go to my Instagram page at Alex Beadon, I actually posted a video of it on my feed. And there was just nothing better the beach was phenomenal. It was the most beautiful blue ocean that you’ve ever seen the rocks were just, I mean, just so beautiful. It looked like handmade. Everything was just phenomenal. Just such a magical experience, we had to hike through different terrains. So we went through like rain forest, we went through beach. Sometimes we were like an open space, sometimes we were under trees, it was really just some something like I’ve never ever done before. And so that’s an experience that I’ll never forget. So we hiked two and a half hours there. And then we got to the beach. And we relaxed at the beach for like two hours. And what I loved about the beach is that it was kind of enclosed. I don’t know how to describe it, I’m sure there’s a word that you can actually it’s kind of like a bay, I guess where like the waves come in. But then they hit these rocks. And then there’s like this little area where everyone swims, it’s not really a little but anyway, this is the best job that I can do to explain it. If you look at the video, you’ll know what I’m talking about. And what was so cool is just a swam from the beach, out into the ocean back to the beach, out into the ocean back to the beat out beach out to the ocean. And I don’t think there’s much that I don’t think there’s anything better than feeling like a mermaid in the water. You know, when you’re swimming for those of you who have long hair, and you’re just like under the water, and you’re just doing twists and turns you’re swimming around, and your hair is just like dancing in the ocean. It’s just one of the best feelings. And I just felt so free in that moment. And so to be able to have that, that amazing experience, and then to hike the eight kilometers back. And then we stopped off and we had lunch and it was just such an unforgettable day. And then to wake up this morning and be like, Okay, today is a workday. You know, I’m here in Santa Monica. And we have this beautiful view and I’m working from my best friend’s vacation home while her and her friends are off doing their vacation things for the day. It’s just been a really interesting balance of work and play extreme work and extreme play. And I just feel really grateful in this moment. And simultaneously just letting you guys know that like keeping it real, it’s also kind of stressful because I there’s things that I want to get done and at the same time I want to join the group and like drink wine all day and you know, enjoy the sunshine and get my town on. So it’s been really interesting balancing both and it’s easy for me to sit and complain and be like, Oh, I wish I could just be you know, playing with them all day and vacationing with them all day and you know, spending time with them all day and at the same time being like but I’m lucky that I’m that I’m even here, you know, and it just so happened that this this coincided with a really busy time in my business and so it’s better that I’m here and then I can work simultaneously then if I decided not to come at all. So for any of you who are currently in between the position of the old what will soon be the old version of your life where You’re working a nine to five, and you’re trying to balance this new business that you’re creating, and the new version of your life where you’re going to be able to work from anywhere, and you’re going to have much more flexibility and freedom and you’re in your life. Just know that, like, it’s coming, it’s there, it’s so worth it. It’s amazing. It’s fun, like, I’m living proof of that. And then at the same time, like life is life. And there’s always a downside to everything. And no matter how far you get in your business, there’s always going to be a little side of you that still feels that you know, that frustration that you have, that you’re just not there yet. I feel like that never really goes away. Because like I’m here and I’m like, Ah, you know, I just wish that I was at the place where I could just like take all of this time off, and it’d be fine. But it’s like, I have all these goals in my business that I want to hit and I want to move forward. And so that never really leaves you so really the key is finding finding the ability to enjoy the journey and to really be at peace and and enjoy that process which can be way easier said than done. For me. It’s a very intentional thing where I have to be like, Okay, I want like I’m choosing to enjoy this journey. Because no matter where you’re at, it’s always so easy to complain. Which brings me on to my next topic quite smoothly spending time alone with yourself. So the last episode you guys listen to this episode 13 with golla Darling no episode 12 With gala darling, sorry, my bad. And this is episode 13. With me solo episode, and I haven’t listened to the Gullah darling episode just yet. I do listen to all of my episodes, but I just haven’t had the time to listen to her as yet because it only came out yesterday. Was it yesterday? Yeah. Yesterday, gosh, my days are getting all confused. But my mom texted me and a few of you guys message me really saying that the biggest thing that hit home for you was when gala darling spoke about spending time alone, which was quite interesting, because written down in my notes for today I had to speak to you guys about the importance of spending time alone. On this trip, I’ve spent so much time with Nick and with Laura and with you know, the bridal party, and with the friends Moon crew, I love calling them the friends Moon crew, I feel like I should turn that into a hashtag or something I need to tell Laura.

And so it’s been a lot of time spent with other people, right. And this morning, I woke up. And I woke up super early, because I went to bed early last night. And I knew I had a workday today. So we skipped out on dinner last night, we just had an early evening. And I woke up early this morning. And I did my meditation and I did some movement in my room while Nick was sleeping, which is amazing. And then I did some journaling. And I just wanted to kind of highlight the importance of that, regardless of if you’re traveling or not traveling. But it’s just such a great way to stay grounded and to stay connected to yourself and to your vision and to your goals. And to whatever it is that you’re working towards. Journaling has really been something that has just it’s such, it’s so great for me to feel to feel really grounded. So I highly, highly recommended the importance of spending time with yourself of really being with yourself of not only journaling, but like doing nothing. So like I did my meditation. And then I spent time in my body doing some movements, I’ve been doing these weird movements lately where it’s just like rotation, so like, I’ll rotate my neck 10 times one way 10 times the next way that I do my shoulders one way, the next way that I do my elbows, and I do like a whole arm swing, just trying to like move my body and be with myself. And it’s just, it’s, I don’t know how to describe it, this feeling of like, there is the you that is the personality. And that is the person with the goals and the visions and this and that and like you’re moving forward and you’re hustling. And you’re spending time with people in your active active, active, active active, and then there’s the you that’s inside. And it’s so easy to sometimes ignore that little voice inside and to not even know what you want and not even know who that person is. And so I’m just here as your friendly, weekly reminder to spend time with yourself. And sometimes I know that can be really scary for some people. It’s just sitting in silence and just being with yourself and trying to feel yourself. But it’s so important and so beneficial, especially if you want to you know, have that long term vision of the person that you want to be and really stepping into that. So highly recommended. Ooh, interesting, fun facts. Since being here, the internet has been horrible. So much. So it’s sometimes like the other day or it was yesterday, we came home from this beautiful trip. I’ve so many photos and so many videos of things I wanted to post and we come home and I’m like, I can’t wait. I can’t wait to post to Instagram because I don’t have I did buy a SIM card here and I had data but I ran out like in 24 hours so I don’t have data anymore. So I came home I was really excited to post things and I got home and like the internet wasn’t working for like a good few hours and it showed me just how reliant I am especially on Instagram. I can’t even tell you like the internet was not working and I was still Tapping on Instagram trying to open it to see if it would work. It was the most ridiculous thing ever. It showed me how addicted I am. And it also showed me how I really want to be more in control of my relationship with these apps. I’ve heard Rumor has it that Instagram and I believe Facebook is coming out with something where it’s going to allow you to say, okay, like to really start being conscious of how much time you’re spending on the app. And to be like, Okay, I don’t want to spend more than two hours on the app or whatever that number looks like for you. I think it would probably be more for me as someone who really communicates to my audience on Instagram and Facebook, but whatever that number is for you. And I think I really want to start implementing that is just being very aware of like, how much time am I spending on Instagram? How much time am I spending? Scrolling? How much time am I spending? What’s it called consuming content, right? And the thing about Instagram is that yes, it’s fantastic to spend time on there, especially because it’s important for us as marketers to understand the culture of Instagram, if we want to be able to communicate on Instagram and talk to our audience on Instagram. But simultaneously, it’s can just be all consuming sometimes. So it’s good to take a step back and to really, to really have consciousness around how much time you’re spending on these apps. Another thing I noticed yesterday is how happy I felt being completely disconnected on this hike. Like this hike was something where I knew I have no internet. There’s no way for me to check Instagram, there’s no way for me to do anything. I’m literally just here on this hike, the only thing I can do is take pictures. And at one point my GoPro completely ran out of it didn’t even run out of battery. It overheated, which is amazing. I didn’t even know that could happen. I don’t have into my phone, but that is just never happened to my GoPro before. But anyway, that just goes to show how hot it was. I loved being outdoors. I love spending time in nature, I love swimming in the beach, I loved being totally disconnected. And lately, I’ve been reminded multiple times. Just, you know, sometimes to disconnect and like, Oh, I’m just gonna sit and watch some Netflix, I’m just gonna watch the show on Netflix. And then one show turns into 10 shows. And it’s just like this huge time suck. But also when you’re on your computer all day like I am, and you’re on your laptop working all day, like I am. watching Netflix is not a great way to relax and disconnect because you’re still looking at a screen, I would die if I knew how much time I spent on my screen every day or how much of my life I’ve spent on my screen. It’s just too much. So I think when I get back home, something I really want to implement is just going on more hikes going on more outdoor trips, spending time outdoors. And it’s such a great way to exercise and to get fresh air. And to have a different perspective and to kind of just like let your mind go somewhere totally different spend time in your body. So yeah, that is everything that has been present for me this week. I hope you enjoyed it. What else can I share with you guys? Yeah, that’s everything. I think you guys have been enjoying this podcast so much. I just want to say a huge shout out to everyone who has been posting about it to their Instagram Stories, who has been sharing it on your feed, I’ve been blown away by how many of you are screenshotting, the podcast and then posting it onto your feed and saying this is my favorite podcast, I just want to say thank you guys so much for your continued support. Every single time you message me, it’s also just so amazing like to hear the impact that this show is having on you. And to hear how you appreciate the time and energy that I’m putting into this. I can’t tell you how wonderful and nourishing it is. It’s just so much fun to like put effort and energy into something and to see you guys enjoy it so much and appreciate it so much. So I just want to say thank you for that. The next time you hear from me, where will I be? I’m not sure I think the next time I record, I will most likely be in Trinidad. And then after that, I’ll be in England. And after that I’ll be in Italy. So there’s still a lot of travel that’s going to be happening. But I look forward to continue to share with you in this way. I appreciate each and every single one of you who spend time listening to the show. And I’m so excited for everything that is coming to us for the rest of this month. Remember, we are halfway through the month. And by the time you listen to this, we’re probably two-thirds of the way through the month. But the month is not over. And we still have time to achieve our goals and to make things happen. And it’s not about perfection. It’s just about you know, getting things done Done is better than perfect. So even if I only run 15 kilometers instead of my 36 kilometers, I will still be proud. The important thing is not giving up right. So keep working towards your goals. Keep trying to make things happen. Stay focused, keep yourself energized and motivated. And I love you guys so much. And I’ll talk to you again next week. Bye. Thank you so much for listening to today’s episode. If you enjoyed it, I would love for you to give me a shout out on your Instagram story or anywhere. Just letting me know what your biggest takeaway was. You guys have no idea how helpful and useful it is for me. When you message me telling me what your aha moments were telling me what There’s that you took away from the podcast. It helps me understand what is most valuable to you. And it helps me understand how I can be of the highest service to you. So if you could take two minutes to do that, I would really appreciate it. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope to hear from you over on Instagram you can find me at Alex Beadon and I will talk to you again very soon. Bye

Oh my gosh, you guys look how amazing this shrimps are Raja cocktail looks meat Beatrice an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you. Um, all two of you. Well, I guess I’m just here by myself now. Don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www.gram-slam.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.

#011 – Q&ALEX from Bogotá, Colombia – Ask Me Anything

You’ve got questions. Alex has answers.

This episode takes a scenic detour from the regular scheduled program as Alex answers your questions from the heart of Bogota, Colombia. Learn how she got around being camera shy on social media, carving out your very own digital product and so much more.  

Bienvenido a “On Purpose”.

In this Podcast you’ll learn:

  • About my Main Source of Income
  • My Experience Working with a Virtual Assistant
  • Dealing with Procrastination
  • Advice for going from part-time to full-time in your business
  • & So Much More

Shownotes:

Things mentioned in this episode:

Click here to listen to Q&ALEX #2.

Loved this and want more? Check out our other episodes here.

Spark a conversation! Leave a comment below or say hello @alexbeadon on Instagram.

Check out her Colombia Trip and more:
IG Stories (check her highlights): @alexbeadon

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:00
In this episode, I answer your questions everything from my main source of income, to my experience with working with virtual assistants to how I deal with procrastination and to my advice for anyone who is going full time with their business. I answer a lot of different questions in this episode. I hope you enjoy it. Welcome to on purpose. Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all? nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived. And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slip from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath. Relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong. On purpose.

Friends Welcome to Episode 11 of on purpose with Alex Beadon. I’m coming to you from Colombia, which I’m super, super excited about. My best friend Laura, who also works in the business is getting married on Saturday, which, as of this recording, I’m recording this on a Thursday, she’s getting married on the Saturday by the time you listen to this on the Monday, she will already be a wedded woman. So I’m just so happy to be here. This is my first time in Colombia. This week has been super busy. As you could probably imagine with me trying to wrap up all of my business loose ends before coming to Colombia, packing and just getting ready for this trip. So needless to say, this week’s podcast episode, I was like, What can I do? That’s going to make it a little bit easier for me. And I decided it would be fun to answer your questions. So I took to Instagram, I asked you guys to ask me whatever questions you want, whatever you want to know for me, and questions you asked. That’s what I’m gonna be talking about today. So I’ve pretty much divided this into three different sections. We have personal questions, then we have general advice questions. And then we have questions about creating an online brand and putting yourself out there. So I hope you enjoy this episode. Let’s get started. Let’s dive into question number one. Question number one is what is your main source of income? My main source of income is through selling online courses. So pretty much I record myself on video or audio, I create worksheets. And I’m basically teaching people concepts online marketing concepts, through these videos that they have purchased and received access to. So that is my main source of income. The next question is what is your experience working with a virtual assistant? So I’ve actually worked with two virtual assistants in the past and I absolutely loved it. I mean, I think it’s really cool to have someone who can help you with particular tasks, even if they’re not living in the same country as you. And so yeah, I’ve I have not had a bad experience with working with virtual assistants. I started working with virtual assistants, a long, long time ago. And they just make your life so much easier, like even little tasks that you can get rid of, like anything that you can look at. If you could just like take a look at all of the tasks that you get done on a daily basis and write down the menial ones that can be outsourced and give that to your virtual assistant, you will save yourself so much time, energy and effort and you will love your virtual assistant. The next question is what will your business look like in five years time? This is such a difficult question to answer. Because my life changes so much over the course of five years that it’s really quite impossible for me to tell you, Oh, in five years, this is where I see my business. This is what I want to be doing etc, etc. To be honest with you, I tend to work in like four month periods where I really focus on something for a period of four months. Anything beyond that feels a little bit difficult to make estimations about. So that’s my answer to that question. What is the number one thing you do when you are stuck? So the first thing that I do when I’m stuck is I try to identify is this procrastination? Or is this my body saying that I need a break because sometimes I feel this stuck feeling because I’m procrastinating on doing something that really needs to get done that I just haven’t gotten around to doing that’s one thing and in that case, I would highly recommend like doing something to pump yourself up about it. I really like to dance so I will blast one of my favorite songs and just like jump up and down do some crazy dance moves that really just kind of boosts my energy and wakes up my body and gets me kind of alive again. And I also like to pretend as though the task that I’m procrastinating is already finished and I will kind of talk about it out loud you guys are going to notice I do this a lot if you want if you listen to episode number nine you already know this is a thing for me where I like to voice memo myself record myself talking about things as So they’ve already happened. But I find myself like I can get myself excited about doing a task. That’s not particularly exciting when I think about how good it’s going to feel once it’s complete. And once it’s finished. Now, sometimes I feel stuck. And it’s not so much that I’m procrastinating. And it’s more that I just really need a break that my body is just exhausted. So that’s what I do when I’m stuck. I try to decide is it that I’m procrastinating? Is it that my body needs a break, and if I need a break, I’m I’m very compassionate and kind with myself, I know I work so hard. So it is important for me to take breaks, take time off to have a little bit of a nap or breather or whatever it needs. But yeah, that’s what I would say in response to that question. Okay, so we’re moving on to general advice questions now? I think, did we answer all the other ones? Yeah, yeah, we did. Okay. What would you say to someone who’s about to go full time self employed, I think I would probably tell that person to get ready for the ride of a lifetime. Like being self employed full time, is one of the best personal development tools ever, you’re going to learn so much about yourself, it’s going to push you to new limits that you didn’t even know you had, it brings you to this whole next level of accountability and responsibility, it really helps you become the best version of yourself. That’s really one of my favorite parts about being self employed. So I would say look forward to that. It’s this is a journey of self discovery. And you’re going to, it’s going to, like I said, it’s going to challenge you, it’s going to be really, really difficult. But if you can pull through, you’re going to learn so much about yourself. And that’s such a gratifying experience. I would also say, you know, really speak to as many people who are already fully self employed as you possibly can and ask them like, what, what pitfalls did they have that you can try to avoid. So I will say in my first few years of being self employed, I didn’t put aside any money for taxes. So by the time tax season came around, I then had to like scramble to find the money to pay my taxes, right. And that’s a lesson that literally took me years to learn. And so now, I’m very good about putting aside my money for taxes. But it is something that I wish I had been doing from the get go, if I’m being totally honest. Another thing I would highly recommend, anyone who’s on that path of becoming a full time self employed person is to find an organizational system that works for you. This took me years, it took me a really long time to figure this out. But when you can figure out like systems and the processes in your business, and you can make them as easy for you to duplicate again and again and again. So that you don’t have to constantly be rewriting your to do list, then that’s going to be it’s just such as a time saver. So I use Asana, I love Asana. That’s a S A N A, and it’s like a project management tool. It’s like a to do list up. That thing keeps me 100% on track, I don’t know what I would do without it. I don’t like honestly, my business changed so much when I really started using it to its maximum. So I would say find something that works for you and stick to it. I know not everyone likes using computer things to stay on top of their to do list. So like I said, find something that works for you. But figuring that out is going to help you speed up the process of all of the other lessons you’re going to have to learn along the way. The next question is what would be a great first ever digital product? I’m all about that online course life. I just feel like there are so many people out there who want to learn something that you’re an expert on. So why not teach them? So for me that’s worked really well, I would say the most important thing when you’re coming up with an online course is to really look at the marketplace and try and find like where are the gaping holes, what’s missing, I think a big mistake that people make is they they try to see they try to copy an existing course and cross their fingers that it’s going to do just as well as the course that they’re kind of using as inspiration. But if you’re using a course as inspiration, like it already exists, you know, so really need to try and find a topic that you can really own as your own. And I’ll give you a great example of this. You know, I have my online course the school of color and Russians it’s a it’s a fantastic course, people have had such amazing results using the school of killer impressions. It’s all about online marketing. It’s about how to create a marketing and sales funnel online so that you can be making as much money online as possible through your skills or whatever, right? That’s a fantastic course. But my grand slam course which is about Instagram stories and how to create epic Instagram stories so that you can connect with your ideal clients so that you’re not boring people on your Instagram Stories. Die is the easiest thing I have ever had to sell. And I can assure you it in large part, it has to do with the fact that the competition there is so low, right? So find something like I would, I would encourage you to create contents, if you’re not already. A fantastic thing about creating content is that you start to realize what’s easy for you to create, like, what are the topics that come most easy to you? And then when you look at the feedback that people are giving to you, it’s easy to tell like, okay, what are the trends here? So for me, I was getting asked about Instagram stories all the time, people were always like, how did you do this? How did you do that? How do you create Instagram stories that have me like coming back for more.

So for me, it was like very obvious Oh, like, I’m going to Instagram stories, I should create an Instagram Stories course. But I didn’t really come up with that idea. It kind of tugged on my sleeve until I paid attention. So I would say look at your strengths. Look at any gaping holes in the market. And try to make it easy, easy for yourself. I don’t think that products should be hard to sell, I think products should sell themselves. Right. So that would be my advice to you for creating your very first ever digital product. Okay, so the next question is, should entrepreneurs take classes or courses on how to manage their budget? Yes, absolutely. If you’re an entrepreneur, you should definitely be learning as much as you can on a variety of different topics. And that includes finance. So I would say, if there’s something that’s catching your attention, and you’re like, is it gonna be worth it, read the reviews, see what other people have said about it. But I would say any chance to invest in yourself as an entrepreneur is going to help you skip so many stepping stones along your journey. So yes. The next question is, how do you get started with a podcast? Tell us everything? The truth is, guys, I can’t tell you everything, because I don’t know everything. But I can tell you what was important on my journey of this whole starting of podcasting. Firstly, I was terrified to start the podcast, I was so used to making videos, this was very scary and foreign to me. I really had no clue what I was doing. I’d been putting it off for months. So my big thing was just taking that first step and being like, you know what? I’m going to start this podcast. Let me just start. So the first thing I did was I sat down and I wrote out like a vision of, you know, what is it that I want this podcast to represent? What is it that I want this podcast to be about? How is this podcast going to be different from all of the other podcasts out there. And I just kind of like freefloat journaled on that for a while and just tried to get everything out of my brain that I possibly could. And once I had that, then I could start thinking, Okay, now which guests would be appropriate for this? When I first started recording, actually, I thought it was just going to be a guest podcast, where I just have guests on the show, and I interview them, etc, etc. And then by the time I had done, like a good 10 to 15 interviews, I was like, You know what, this would be really cool to mix it up so that we have two episodes a week, one solo episode on Monday, one guest episode on Thursday. So I think the first thing is just getting started, you know, start those interviews, I started interviewing people in December of 2017. And this didn’t go live until July of 2018. So don’t be afraid to just start even if you don’t really have a published date in mind, just get started just to get the ball rolling, see how it goes commit to be like, okay, you know, I’m gonna like my goal is to record 10 podcast episodes. I didn’t want to go live with my podcast until I had a really good idea of what it was all about. And for me, that meant recording episodes and not pressing publish on them. So figure out what works for you figure out your vision for the podcast, get started with recording start really like getting used to, to speaking and to asking questions, and putting yourself out there, even if you’re not posting anything, that would be my advice. Will you? Someone asked, Will you do a live coaching session for us to listen to? Yes, I would actually, I’m currently coming up with ideas of how we can switch up the guest episodes. So I’ll give you a little sneak peek behind the scenes. I’ve really been considering bringing guests onto the show who haven’t made it yet. Because I think it’s so easy to bring guests on the show who have you know, created this and created that and they’re so successful. And that’s great and wonderful and super beneficial to hear from those people. But there’s something really special about hearing from people who are on the journey and haven’t made it yet. You know, so that has really been on my mind lately. And I’ve thought about just interviewing people in my life who inspire me who, you know, aren’t necessarily there yet, but they’re still inspiring nonetheless. I’ve thought about doing like you said live coaching sessions. I think that’d be really, really cool. But yeah, so definitely keep an eye out on the podcast because as we get further and further into this, the podcast is definitely going to evolve which I’m really excited for him. The next question is what are the top three things people who work from home should do? Um, I would say hire a cleaner. I think hiring a cleaner is one of the best things that I I’ve done as an entrepreneur who works from home, I think it’s just too much pressure and too much time spent at home, working for me to then clean the house and do my laundry and all that stuff. So I think that’s one thing that I did, as soon as I could afford to hire a cleaner. That’s something that I that I did. And it really made a big difference in how I felt working from home. Another thing I would say, and I’m not particularly good at this is dividing your workspaces and your personal spaces. So that you know, okay, if I’m working, I’m at my desk. And if I’m in my bed, I’m reading and relaxing and having time to myself, it’s cool when you work from home to be able to work from bed. And I know I do it all the time. But I do think that it would bring more sanity to kind of have those things very, very separate, because what ends up happening is sometimes I will get in bed many times without my laptop, and I’m supposed to be relaxing, going to sleep or whatever. And I find myself just like, you know, in work mode still. So I think dividing those spaces is very important. And then what else can I say? Top three things, people who work from home should do. I think ordering food is also something that I’ve really enjoyed doing. So like finding a meal delivery service to order my food every day. It’s just so much better than me having to stop and cook. Because it’s weird. It’s like, it kind of breaks me out of my, my work zone when I have to stop and cook for two and a half hours, you know, so I would say that’s something as well. But I think the important thing is that you just, you know, you figure out what works for you, you work from home, and you’re like, Okay, you know, I really like when I work like in this style, or I really don’t like when I do this or whatever. Like, I think the important thing is to figure out how to make it work for you. Do you have any advice for staying organized while working remotely on vacation? Yes, use something like Asana. Asana keeps my brain in order, even when I’m traveling. I would also say, making sure that anywhere you go has a desk space, like right now I’m sitting in the Columbian hotel. And there’s a nice little desk area here. So that’s really helpful when I need to sit down and get work done, which I do like this trip is obviously a personal trip because I’m here. Laura’s getting married, that you know, Nick is here. So yes, I am on vacation. But simultaneously, there’s a lot that needs to get done in the business. If I want to meet my business goals for this month, which I do. So having a workspace is super important. I think as well, just being very clear with yourself about you know, starting your days knowing, okay, these are my work hours. So like when I woke up this morning, I took a look at everything I needed to get done. And I was like, Okay, I’m going to let myself go for breakfast, I’m going to come home, I’m going to get in a good solid few hours of work, I’m going to go and have lunch, I’m going to come back home and do a little bit more work. And then we’re all going out tonight to this amazing restaurant slash club. I’m going to be documenting it on Instagram stories, so keep an eye out for it. I’m forgetting though, that you guys are going to be listening to this in the future. So I’ll be sure to include it in my highlights. But it’s apparently this incredible place. But anyway, the moral of the story here is that I’ve already worked it out in my brain of like when my work hours are and I want to stick to that. The next question is, when should someone start using Facebook ads? My good friend, Amanda bond who I turn to for all of my Facebook ad questions, she suggests that you don’t start using Facebook ads until you have a product that you know sells. Because if you are putting money behind selling something on Facebook, that you’re not sure if it’s gonna sell or not, you’re technically wasting money trying to figure that out. So make sure you have a product that sells before you start putting out sales messages through Facebook ads. How do I use Facebook ads to grow my business? Alex Beadon style? Sally asks this question. I just realized I haven’t been including anyone’s names. My bad. Anyway, Sally, I grew my business using Facebook ads by promoting my freebies, using Facebook ads. So basically, for example, right now we have a free Instagram Stories course that walks people through the different apps I use for Instagram stories. It shows them how I edit my Instagram stories in the Instagram app itself. It’s really cool, really in depth 100% free. And we have put it out there on Facebook ads so that people can sign up to get the emails sent straight to their inbox with all of the free course material. And so by doing that, I grow my email list. I’m then able to keep in constant communication with the people who have signed up for my email list because they’ve given me permission to send them emails. They get a lot of value in their inbox and then I ended up converting them into a sale through a series of marketing and sales emails. So that’s how I’ve done it. As you guys know, if you’ve listened to the first few episodes of this podcast, I think like Episode One and episode three, we switched up our, we’ve been experimenting with Facebook ads strategies, but right now that’s the one that has been working the best for me from like my entire business life. Okay, we’re moving on to the next session session section, which is all about putting yourself out there. So someone asks, Are there any workarounds for a person who is camera shy, but works through social media? So yes, there’s

a few things. Number one, the only way to get over being camera shy is by being on camera more often, like really just get, you need to find a way to really feel comfortable in front of the camera. I wish that I had you here on the show, because then we could actually have a conversation about this. But pretty much it depends on like, what is the root cause of your camera shyness? Like? Are you camera shy when you’re out and about because you don’t want people to see you talking to your phone? Are you camera shy? Because you don’t like the way you look? Are you camera shy, because you don’t like the way your voice sounds? Whatever. The reason is, there’s always a workaround. So just for to give you an example, if you don’t like the sound of your voice, maybe you never actually speak on Instagram stories, or whatever your choice of format is, if you’re someone who doesn’t really like being on camera, but you feel like it’s important. There’s an app called Snapchat that has the best face filters ever invented. I love using those, like, when I was flying to Bogota, I didn’t, I didn’t wear any makeup on the plane. And I really didn’t feel like going on camera, there’s just, you know, sometimes you just don’t want to be seen at your absolute worst. So what I do is I just open up Snapchat, and I just use a Snapchat filter, because it just gives you like, it just makes you feel like look a little bit better, a little bit more glowy a little bit more alive. So that’s what I do when I’m feeling really camera shy because I don’t really want people to like see my face. And then if you’re someone who doesn’t, like, you know, keeping people updated in public, so like, I do a lot of stuff where like, I’m at the airport, and I’m like, Hey, guys, I’m at the airport, waiting for my luggage. And I’m doing it in front of hundreds of people who are around me, and I really don’t care. Right. But I know for some people that’s really hard. So if that’s you that I would ask you, you know, what’s more important to you? Is it more is that so uncomfortable for you that you’re not willing to figure it out? Or are you willing to just like, Persevere, persevere. That’s a weird word, persevere through it. So for me, that used to be really difficult. And I just had to get to the point where I was like, You know what? My relationship with my people who follow me on my Instagram Stories is so important. I want them to feel like they’re there with me in that moment. So it’s more important for me to connect with them through the phone, even though they’re not there physically than it is for me to look cool and normal in front of all of these hundreds of people who are looking at me, Phil, myself, and probably judging me. Nick dies inside every time. So I’ve alumi phone case that has light on it. And when it’s dark, and you can’t see my face, I will turn on this Lumi light and basically speak into my phone and give the update. And poor thing. I think he’s so embarrassed every single time. And I just have no shame. So I think you just have to decide like what kind of person do you want to be and I decided I want to be the kind of person who really doesn’t care. So I’m going to act confidence and no one will question it as my girl Sarah’s day says, if you know me, you know, I love Sarah’s day. If you’re not following Sarah’s day, you’re missing out. She’s fantastic. You can find her on Instagram. But that’s one of the quotes that she always says is act confident, and no one will question you. So that’s kind of like my motto when it comes to talking into the camera when I’m out and about. I also find it very helpful to get super crystal clear on what it is I’m going to say before I bring up my phone, because if I can get it done in, like, let’s put it this way when I’m at home, and it’s just me, I could take six takes before I get something right. And then I’ll post it to Instagram. When I’m out in public. I don’t want to do it six times, because that’s people judging me six times. So I tried to get very clear in my head. Okay, this is what I’m going to say this is how I’m going to say it and then I record. So that’s just another little tip for you. The next question is how do you get over the fear of being seen and start to put out content consistently. I think this is particularly hard for people who live in a small community. Like if you were born and raised in the same place your entire life, you’re going to feel really weird about putting yourself out there online. And that’s okay, that’s totally normal. But you really need to start to ask yourself, like, do you want to invest? Like where do you want to invest your energy? Do you want to invest your energy in basically keeping up with the status quo of your community and making sure that everyone sees you the same way that they’ve always seen you? Or are you ready to maybe have people you know, bash you behind your back and be like, Who does she think she is? Meanwhile, while you create this epic online presence, where you have an audience of people who really enjoy fall Knowing you and who connects with you, like I find, for me, this is kind of difficult to explain I more myself online in my content than I am in real life. And I think it’s because in real life, I have to deal with meeting people who are not my people. So when I put myself out there online, I know I’m attracting my people who are going to get what it is that I’m saying. So I can talk about visualization, and I can talk about writing voice or recording voice notes to myself and speaking about things as though they’ve already happened. And to you guys, that doesn’t seem weird, because you know what I’m all about, you know, that, like, I’m sharing my truth with you, and you’re on the same wavelength. And if you’re not, you’re probably not listening to this podcast right now. So that’s cool. Whereas when I meet people in person, like, if you meet someone, for the first time in person, you really have no idea like, is this person, your person? You know, like, is this person, someone who’s in alignment with all of these things? Or is this someone who really doesn’t get it and who you don’t really feel like explaining everything to. So that’s a really interesting dynamic when you think about it, because the person that your entire community has known you for your entire life, that might not actually be your most authentic, human human. That might not be your most authentic self is what I’m trying to say. So I would ask yourself, like, Who are you more invested in becoming? And for me, I know 100%, I’m most invested in being my my truest self, you know. So for me, that means creating content and putting it out there. And I know that if you’re not my person, and if you think what I’m saying is weird, you’re going to stop listening. And in a way, that’s a safety a safety net, for me. And in person, that means trying to very quickly identify if you’re my person or not, so that I know if I should continue spending time with you or not. It’s so interesting, the dynamics of like building an online presence in today’s day and age, because when you think about it, like we’re so new at this guy’s like, the internet has not been out for that long, we’re the first people to really be using the internet as a means of communication. And it’s just, it’s so it’s like, unknown, undiscovered territory. We’re, like, little discoverers out here, trying to figure it out. So I would say, if you want to create consistent contents, you have to let go of the fear of being seen. And you have to know that yes, and people are gonna think you’re crazy. But you know what, so many people are gonna be like, Oh, my God, she’s so cool. And they’re gonna think that you’re even cooler than the person that you’re presenting to the world right now. So, and it feels better. Like I love when people come up to me. I went out for lunch the other day with a friend in Trinidad. And like, we’re kind of more acquaintances than friends. But we went out to lunch together. And it was really cool. Because she was like, you know, everything that you put out online, I’m always like, yes, yes, yes. Like, she resonates so much with my message. And that’s how we knew that we could be friends. So many cool things will come from you putting yourself out there so many cool opportunities, new relationships, I think you’ll be surprised by how how pleasantly people will respond to you, unexpectedly like you won’t expect it. So I would say focus on the past the possibilities and the opportunities that will come from putting yourself out there and being seen, because it’s not all bad. It’s I think it’s way more good than it is bad. It’s also a process of self discovery, which is awesome. Okay, what is the number one key to building a beautiful community or tribe through social media? I think for me, I can only answer this question for me, because I can’t ask you details about you. And I really appreciate this question. But sometimes, in order for me to like, give specific advice, I need to know your specific situation. So I’m just going to answer from my perspective, the key to building a beautiful community and tribe through social media has been consistency, and showing up always vulnerably and real and just doing my best. I like to treat my audience like they’re my best friends. Right? So it’s like, I’m really just there to kind of bring you guys behind the scenes of my life show you what I’m up to show you what I’m working on. And there’s no pretense or there’s no like, I’m not trying to be someone that I’m not. I’m really just my most authentic self. And I’m putting myself out there online. That can be really annoying to hear, I think. Because a lot of times people are like, well, what is my most real authentic self. And to me, that means creating content and not judging myself about it. I create so much content, especially through Instagram stories, and sometimes I’m like, Oh, that wasn’t the best story or like most the point of posting that or whatever. And I think I’ve just come to realize that like, I am my harshest critic, and as long as you’re always doing the best that you can, and as long as you’re always putting content out there, I think like you’re you’re doing your job, right. So I would say be kind to yourself. Experiment. Learn to have fun creating content. I think that’s a big part of my style as well as that, like, I always try to have fun with it. And I’m realizing more like I’ve been doing this for so long. I’ve been doing this now for eight years, eight or nine years, creating content. And I realized now that like, the one common thread between my entire my whole career is that I’m a content creator. Like first and foremost, I’m an artist, I’m a content creator, I create content to make people feel things or to wake people up or to help people see things differently, or to help them have a new perspective or to see how someone else is doing it.

That’s what I do. I’m a content creator. So I would say like, find your style as a content creator, what feels fun for you experiment, do different things. And really be be clear on the impact that you want to have on people. Like I know, for me, it’s very important that I stick to the topics that are of most interest to me. So never feel like you have to cover a topic just because I could talk about that forever. I feel like I could do a whole episode on that. Last but not least, last but not least I’m a health and lifestyle coach, what advice can you give for me to stand out in my industry? I love this question. I love this question. I love this question. Okay. If you want to stand out in your industry, I think it’s important to firstly know what people in your industry are doing. Like, know it back to front, and then sit down and ask yourself and get creative, like, how can I do it differently? Like, okay, everyone is making Instagram stories now, like everyone is how can I do it differently? Right? Like, how can I put myself out there in a different way? And that might not be helpful for you. But like, you’re the only person who can answer this question. You need to look at your strengths. You need to look at your skills, you need to figure out like, How can I do this differently? How can I show up in a different way. And then you have to be consistent. You have to show up time and time again as the expert and authority that you are, even before you fully believe that you are. And I think that’s a huge problem that people have online is they feel like, well, if I don’t have 1000s of followers, who am I to really be putting myself out there. And I just want to remind you guys that like when I first started, I was blogging every single day, my best friend sat me down, he was like you’re blogging every day, no one’s reading your blog posts, you’re not making any money, you need to, you know, go and get a real job. And it was devastating for me. But today, I look back and I’m like, Oh, thank God that I was creating all that content, putting myself out there, because what happens is that you’re slowly but surely transforming people’s perspectives of you. So if you’re a health and lifestyle coach, like and you’re constantly putting yourself out there and giving value and like, you know, taking people I think it depends on your personality. But I could tell you if I was a health and lifestyle coach, like I think what makes me special, unique and different is that I love bringing people into like my personal life and showing them how I’m doing things personally so that they can translate that into their own life and put it to use. That’s my strength. So if I was a health and lifestyle coach, I would consistently be bringing people in behind the scenes of my health and lifestyle journey. What am I eating today? Oh, I’m traveling. And food is a real problem for me when I’m traveling, because number one, you don’t know what people are putting into the food if you’re buying it at a restaurant. Number two, many restaurants don’t have good healthy, nutritious options. So guys, here’s what I do to make sure that I’m sticking to my health goals. While I travel like that would be an example. So asking yourself, like, what is your strength, your strength might be making things from home. And so maybe like your strength is like teaching people recipes or something like that. Like, really, you need to figure out what your strength is and figure out how to communicate it in a way that feels fresh to people. I could do I feel like we need to do a whole session on that. So many of these questions I just want to like message each individual person and be like, Hey, let’s let’s get you on the podcast because we could have a whole long conversation about this in far more detail if I knew your actual situation. Anyway, guys, I really hope you enjoyed today’s episode. This was the first q&a episode that we’ve ever done. So if you listen this far, please can you send me a message on Instagram and just let me know that you enjoyed it? Because if you listen this far, I’m assuming that you enjoyed it. Let me know what you thought. Would you like more of these q&a type sessions? Did you miss last week style where I just kind of like free flow through what has been happening with me that week. This is a joint collaborative podcast. So hearing from you guys really, really makes me so happy and it’s just such an important part of this process for me. So seeing you share these podcasts on your Instagram stories and getting tagged in your stories, and you commenting and letting me know what the big takeaway was like. That’s so so helpful to me. So I just want to thank you in advance for all of the the communication is not hearing from you this week about this, this episode in particular. And yeah, I hope you have a wonderful, wonderful week. This Thursday we are going to be talking to the Though one the only gala darling who’s one of my favorite people to follow online. I hope you have a wonderful day and I’ll talk to you guys again soon. I thank you so much for listening to today’s episode. If you enjoyed it, I would love for you to give me a shout out on your Instagram story or anywhere, just letting me know what your biggest takeaway was. You guys have no idea how helpful and useful it is for me, when you message me telling me what your aha moments were telling me what it is that you took away from the podcast. It helps me understand what is most valuable to you. And it helps me understand how I can be of the highest service to you. So if you could take two minutes to do that, I would really appreciate it. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope to hear from you over on Instagram. You can find me at Alex Beadon and I will talk to you again very soon. Bye bye Oh my gosh, you guys look how amazing this shrimp serata cocktail looks meet Beatrice an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you. I’m all two of you. Well, I guess I’m just here by myself now. Why don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www dot gram dash slam.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.

#010 – Behind The Scenes of Jen Esquer’s 6 Figure Launch and 400,000+ Followers on Instagram

What drives us forward? One word: Movement.

That’s been the story of Jen Esquer, a well-studied private sports therapist whose fondness of anatomy moved her to the lane of success.  

Being active since she was a young child, Jen has learned to love the specificity of body movement. From gymnastics to pilates, her extensive history studying anatomy and physiology inspired her to embark upon a meaningful path towards entrepreneurship.

“Get out of your own way, and things start to open up.”

Since discovering her purpose, Jen has made it her life’s mission to heal the world by empowering others to heal themselves. Now she spends her time creating programs, workshops and treatments that help keep the body in peak physical shape.   

“Take care of yourself, sit with your energy—meditate, work out. You have to take care of YOU first in order to be able to translate that out to other people.”

Find out more on what stirs Jen to action; listen to her talk about the biggest mindset changes she’s experienced, how a sound body is a sound base for a strong business and how she consistently lives her best life on purpose.

In this Podcast we talk about:

  • How Jen had such a highly successful launch of her first digital product
  • How to overcome paralyzing fears and take action as an entrepreneur
  • How Jen has grown her instagram account to more than 400K followers

Take a Step in the Right Direction:

IG: @docjenfit
Website: www.docjenfit.com

Events that Moved her:

Ascension Leadership Academy in San Diego
Radical Acceptance

Loved this and want more? Check out our other episodes here.

Spark a conversation! Say hello @alexbeadon on Instagram.

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:00
If you want to know how to have a highly successful launch in your business, this is the episode to listen to today’s guest, Jen s. Kerr launched her online course for the first time and made more than 100,000 US dollars. That’s right. In this episode, she shares exactly how she did it, the fear she had to overcome in order to make it happen. And we talked about how she’s managed to grow her Instagram account to more than 400,000 followers. Welcome to on purpose. Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all, nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived. And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slip from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath, relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong. On purpose.

Hey, friends,

welcome to episode number 10. Of on purpose with Alex Beadon, I am so pumped that we have finally reached double digits literally, I could not be more excited. But I would be more excited if we were at triple digits. Cannot wait for that day really excited. Anyway, today I’m talking to physical therapist and private sports therapist, Jen s care. What I love most about Jen is that she is someone who shows in a really unique path as a physical therapist, by deciding to put a lot of focus in building her personal brand and her online presence, so much so that she now has a following of more than 400,000 people on Instagram. And the very first launch of her online course at the end of 2017 made over six figures. It was amazing to hear how Jen has accomplished so much so quickly. And I think you’re going to love this episode. If you want to take a quick moment to find her on Instagram. Her username is Doc Jen fit. So D OC Jen fit doc Jen fits, definitely go and check her out. But I think you’re really going to enjoy this. So take a listen. And when you’re done, hit me up on Instagram and let me know what did you think? Enjoy, guys, and thank you so much for being on the podcast with us today. I’m so happy to have you here.

Jen Esquer 2:21
Well, thank you for having me. I’m excited.

Alex Beadon 2:23
The very first question that I have for you is what do you find most nourishing about having your own business?

Jen Esquer 2:32
It’s really down to the core of what I do. It’s exactly, it’s fulfilling my why my purpose in terms of what I’m trying to create. So it’s like, my business just runs off of my connection to being able to relate that to people so that they understand they can grab onto it. And the more that I’m able to connect that to relate that to people to get them to understand and feel my why the more the business grows. And so it’s it’s all about that connection, that getting back to my why. And that’s really what I do, why I do what I do and why I have the business.

Alex Beadon 3:16
Can you tell us more about your relationship to your purpose, first share with us what you would think that your purpose is? And then have you always been connected to your purpose? Like how did that come about? Yeah, so

Jen Esquer 3:32
my, my why my purpose is really being able to get people out of the mindset of you get fixed by someone else. But it’s really you get to fix yourself. And the more that they understand that connection, the more people start to take ownership for their own bodies start to tap into their own bodies, move their own bodies and get out of pain and injury on their own. And so that’s really what I want to bring to the world. That’s my mission. Right? As a physical therapist, I don’t fix you. That’s not it’s not my goal. That’s not my mission, but you’re able to fix yourself. And really, I feel like that’s translated into my own business and being able to become an entrepreneur just by following that path. And following that mission, I knew I loved the body. And so I wanted to get into physical therapy. I taught Pilates. I coached gymnastics, but it was never really getting I wanted more. I was always asking why, well, why is this and why do I modify this and why do they have pain here? Why am I taping an ankle? You know, so it was? It wasn’t for me enough. I was always asking more. And so I went to physical therapy school. That was great. But then I continued to say, well, I know the basics now but how do I really help someone? How do I really get, you know, pain away or put vent injury. And so I started learning more I would, I worked at a place that I made sure I had mentorship and continue taking courses. And as that started to grow, and as I felt like I could start to reach out and help people more and kind of dive into that deeper, I realized that a clinic setting wasn’t where it was supposed to be. And so I went off and I did my own thing. And I started having my own clients and my own outside of the clinic. And that was great. So

Alex Beadon 5:30
been hard for you, though. Because isn’t that like the traditional path? Oh, 100%. Yeah, that must have been really fearful for you.

Jen Esquer 5:39
It was and it was almost like a crazy transition in my head, that perspective that just had like, all of a sudden, one day, I was like, why am I still working here? I’m done. And it was almost like, I just had to take that immediate leap when I felt the energy was there at the right time. And this has always been my thing is like, I haven’t rushed anything, I’ve definitely followed my own path and followed what I felt like was the right timing. Because yeah, I could have started my own thing right out of grad school, I already had a bit of a following. And I could have just used that and try to hustle on my own. But for me, it didn’t feel real, yet it didn’t feel authentic. I didn’t feel ready. And so I followed my path of No, this is where I need to be. I’m still learning, I’m still learning. And I think that’s okay. Because you’ll get to the point where you’re like, I can continue learning now. And I feel like I can go off and I can help people in a different way. And so once I made that transition, it was amazing. And then it came into well, I want to be able to help people more, how can I reach a broader audience without having to see them in person and without having to work on them? One on one. And so it was like, How can I now translate that into an online market? Yeah,

Alex Beadon 7:02
that’s really cool. So were you always leaning in the entrepreneurial direction? Like, did you always know that was the direction but you were kind of just waiting for the right time?

Jen Esquer 7:13
Honestly, no. Oh,

Alex Beadon 7:17
where did this? Like? Where did it come from? Where did this idea come from? That you were like, oh, I should maybe do my own thing and do it online. Like both of those things. I feel like number one doing your own thing. And then number two, bringing it online. There’s not that many people will at least not that I know of who are doing what you’re doing online.

Jen Esquer 7:36
Right? There’s not a lot, for sure. I mean, and they don’t teach you any it mean you barely learn business stuff when you’re going through and becoming a clinician, let alone anything online. But it really was. So in my last year of PT school, my boyfriend was getting worked on by someone at his home. And she was a chiropractor, but she had her own table shattered on tools. And I remember watching her work on him. And I was like, she’s doing my job. She’s like a physical therapist. She’s doing soft tissue, she’s doing exercises with him. And I was like, What the heck. And so that’s when I first started to ask questions. And I asked her, I was like, how are you doing this? You don’t have to go through a clinic. You don’t need insurance. Like what? I had no idea, I literally had no idea what this was. And so she was the first person that kind of sparked my interest in like, oh, I can set my own schedule, I can take on my own clients, I can work the way I want to work, especially now because as a physical therapist, we had direct access, meaning that we didn’t have to have a doctor’s referral to see clients where in the past you always did as a physical therapist, and chiropractors never had to, which is why, you know, they’ve been able to thrive in business a lot, I think a lot further along than physical therapists have. So that’s what first sparked my interest. And so even when I was working at the clinic, I started taking clients on my own on the side and kind of going to a CrossFit and and seeing how that felt. Right. And so that’s what first started to kind of pique my interest and then having the relationship I had I was surrounded by people that were in the online market and, and doing businesses online. So that did pique my interest in terms of like, well, can I take my social media presence and turn this into something that I could reach more people?

Alex Beadon 9:29
Yeah, okay, cool. So there’s so many directions I want to go down. Okay, first, before we go down the social media direction, I want to talk about kind of your journey as an entrepreneur because I know okay, you made the decision, you decided to go online, great, fine, whatever, but like was that the initial thing was like, Okay, I’m gonna step out on my own and do this online thing, or did you kind of step out on your own? Have your own private clients and then dive into the art because you have the mobility method, which I know is your online Horse. And I feel like I really wasn’t paying much attention. But I feel like very quickly after I saw on Instagram that you’d gone out on your own, you launched the mobility method, is that correct?

Jen Esquer 10:12
Yeah, it was about six months, right? I had been working on my own. And then I decided to create an online course. So it was funny. I like, I took the leap of faith had like, zero clients and was like, Well, I’m just gonna see what happens. I literally told my bosses, I was like, I have a week, guys, I can’t give you two weeks because I have a lot to figure out on my own. So and they ended up being OK with that everyone was really nice. So I ended up like fully, picking up a full six day schedule really quickly working like eight hours a day. And and then as I started to, like, kind of dive in and say, Well, can I take this on mine, I had to scale back, I was like, Okay, I can’t work six days a week, there’s no way. So I went down to four. And then I went down to three men two, and now I’m down to one. Because it’s just a lot of energy to try to learn how to, you know, translate what I’m trying to do, and take that online and just learn online entrepreneur, online businesses is a beast, you know, and people think, Oh, you have a social media following that means that you could just come out with a program and kill it, maybe. And that, that used to work really, really well. But if you don’t know how to do online marketing, then you’re not going to be successful and be able to reach people the way you want to. So there was so much that I needed to learn. And I continue to learn. So I just

Alex Beadon 11:43
had the housing.

Jen Esquer 11:46
Exactly. So I had to scale back on my in person clients. And that just kind of came with time again, just like kind of figuring out the path of, of how is this going to work and trial and error and figuring out what my own system gets to be?

Alex Beadon 12:01
And do you think that you would like to be at the point where you are not working with clients at all in it’s all online? Or do you think that it’s super beneficial to at least have ones once a week?

Jen Esquer 12:13
For me right now, I think it is beneficial to have once a week clients only because what I do in person is different still than what I can take online, I haven’t figured out how I can really take the deep neurological stuff and translate that into an online program because it is so complicated, weird and different. So I love being able to still see the difference that I’m able to make in a person that comes to me only a few times, you know, again, I’m not fixing anyone, I’m just facilitating. So being able to do that in person is still such a powerful thing for me. So for right now, it’s once a week unless I’m gone on vacation or something which does happen. So and we’ll see. We’ll see where that evolved into.

Alex Beadon 13:01
I love that. Okay, cool. So I’d love for you to tell us about your business model. The mobility method, how many times have you launched it? How’s it been going?

Jen Esquer 13:12
Yeah. First launch was in November.

Alex Beadon 13:17
So really, that was the first launch first launch. I feel like it was so much longer ago. When I saw the forest launch, I was like, Oh my gosh, this is so cool. Wow. Okay. It was just it was just recently then.

Jen Esquer 13:31
Mm hmm. So it wasn’t even that long ago. And I was it was funny. It was like, I just in September, I think it was when I was like, I’m going to do an online program. Right? I don’t know how I’m going to do it. But I’m going to do it. And I remember sitting in on just a couple of different like meetings and conferences and being like, oh my god, this is so cool. And I’m learning so much stuff. And then the next day I’d be like, I have no idea what they just said cuz I don’t know what any of that mean. And it’s like, again, I had this huge social media following but no email list, right? Let alone do I know what like a squeeze pages are an opt in? Like I didn’t know any of these things, right? Crazy. And so I started pulling in girlfriends that have been doing this for a while and I’d be like, oh, let’s let’s go get coffee or let’s create a mastermind how fun would that be? And like just getting people like together so that I can learn from other people. And that was super helpful. Luckily, I do have amazing friends who are open and abundant and willing to share. I started going to conferences, going to and just reaching out to people that I was probably afraid to reach out to and ask a question, but I just did and I was just like in a phase of like, I’m going to push it I’m gonna do whatever it takes and and they were actually willing to sit down with me and to go over like like what my launch would look like and suggest books I should read and, and things like that. And so saw so beneficial, so helpful. And I decided to launch in November and kind of do, like, get people back into the gratitude of what mobility is. And so I did the challenge leading into it. And it because, you know, it kind of followed gratitude and thanksgiving, that’s what I wanted to like, kind of, you know, stay in the, in the same realm and same mindset of, and it ended up being so powerful, I ended up getting other friends to be able to promote my free challenge, not my program, but my free challenge and get other people to, you know, talk about it and get signups and opt in. So all of a sudden, I built us, I think I had almost 11,000 opt ins in the washer. Oh, that’s

Alex Beadon 15:53
amazing. And you had a competition as well, didn’t you?

Jen Esquer 15:57
So it was the challenge. And I would pick three random winners and I giving away a prize. And then I literally followed like Jeff Walker’s launch sequence in terms of like, how I was talking to people in the mindset. And I also had a boyfriend who was like, Okay, do another live, do another story, do another, like really pushed me. And even though it was scary, like I just did a live like, why are people gonna want to hear. And every time I did, though, people were able to connect with my why they were able to connect with why I was doing this, it’s not to take your money, like, I don’t want your money, I want to help you, I want you to understand why this is important in your own body. And when I was able to connect that to people, sales would go through, I would net more people buying and it was an again, it’s not for the result. But it was just for the connection. And every time I was able to connect back to that, again, it would work, it would work. And it was like, Really, it pushed my boundaries, it pushed me out of my comfort zone to really how much can I get out there because I never talked to my audience like this, I never sold anything. I’ve just been giving value for the last two years, like, here’s all the free stuff, here’s how to help your body. And, and then all of a sudden, now I’m saying here’s how you can put this in one place and have it tangible for you. And so it was just it was amazing. It was powerful it was it went way better than expected. And I just because I I put down, you know, my, my fear of looking weird or being judged or, you know, asking for help, I have more support. And I got it. I had friends who one of my friends, he was the first one who kind of guided me into how I should be posting for, for social media in terms of talking about the body and how I should structure that. And he actually, he’s huge in the rehab world online. And he put my link in his bio stories for me, he talked about how proud he was of me and opposed, it was the cutest thing, but he like so to get other people who are in my same field, doing close to what I’m doing. And getting their support met so much.

Alex Beadon 18:24
That’s amazing. I love so much of what you just said. Okay, so one thing that I love that you said is that you were putting yourself out there way more than you were ever than you ever had before way more than you were comfortable putting yourself out there. What was that time like for you? Because I know, a lot of the doubts and fears that come up are like people are gonna get annoyed. Like, I always tell my clients and like you have to like, literally feel like a broken record. What’s interesting is that, like, I remember I only saw you go live once, right? I only whereas I think the thought that goes through people’s minds is like, oh my gosh, people are gonna get so sick of hearing me. But really, people are probably only going to catch one, maybe two, you know that people don’t see most of what you’re posting. Fortunately, the algorithms change and everything happened. So yeah, you’re right. People are How often were you going live during that time?

Jen Esquer 19:25
During the launch time I was going live probably every day and then on the last like two days of my launch. So following the launch sequence, you know, it’s usually an open closed, closed cart. I didn’t close the cart, but I was I was giving away an early bird pricing and so the price was gonna go up. And so I was doing honestly like three lives a day by the last two days. Wow, that’s all morning, afternoon night. I was like, here’s my morning coffee. How are you guys?

Alex Beadon 19:58
That’s so cool. I like that. Uh, I like that you were just like, I gotta put myself out there and like that it made you uncomfortable. And you did it anyway. And I love what you said about asking for help, even from people who you think would have zero interest in helping you through this, people love being of help an end of service. And I mean, you might say no, and no one’s gonna die.

Jen Esquer 20:20
Yeah, and it’s totally fine. And I did have friends who are like, You know what, I can’t promote that challenge. And I’m like, No, oh, good. Yeah. And I said, if there’s anything, I can help you with it, please let me know. And, you know, it’s no hard feelings it gets. Yeah, like nothing

Alex Beadon 20:35
personal. Yeah, no, not at all. I’m also super interested by the fact that you had this huge Instagram account before you even began your journey as an online entrepreneur. So I’d love to hear what has your experience with Instagram be have been like, how did you get started? How has it evolved? Where are you at with it today? Tell us a little bit about that.

Jen Esquer 20:59
Yeah, so it got started accidentally. I was in I was in grad school at the time, and I was posting my workouts which typically are outside. And I would do like, because I used to run a lot. And I would do that a lot. And that’s relative. I would run for cardio, and then I would do a lot of calisthenic work. So like on the bars and pull ups leg lifts kind of continued with my gymnastics kind of training because I loved the feel of like the body weight and, and just being able to maintain that strength. And so I would post about it. And then I would tag the calisthenic pages, which four years ago, one of them had like 300,000 followers, which four years ago that’s following Yeah, exactly. So he reached out and he was like, Hey, we all get together in Venice. Like you should come meet up with us. And so I was like, okay, cool. And I ended up going down to Venice Beach and training with them. They were so nice. Like, these jacked guys who do these bars are like, greeting me one by one as I’m like, planning. They’re so cute. But they were they were so nice. And he would post anyone who was in the calisthenic community, right? And so naturally, he started posting me and I was like, uh, so I just do handstands now. And so I just kind of it’s shifted into my journey and I he asked me to compete, so I started training to compete and calisthenics. Wow, it was just like a little side hobby from school. It was like I don’t want to study right now. Let me post a video. So it was fun. It was fun to meet a new community of people. I started getting in contact with a lot of the yogi’s because I was upside down and doing handstands. And so I started hosting challenges with Yogi’s and meeting different people in that aspect, getting it’s cool I did to influencer events and just hanging with people who love to move their bodies and all these amazing cool ways. And so I felt like so it was just such a cool feeling to have these cool friends. I’d have like Cirque du Soleil friends and some calisthenics, and Yogi’s and all these different people who were amazing in my eyes. So it was really fun, and it was purely a hobby. And then I graduated, and I was like, Well, I kind of I don’t I don’t know if I care about this anymore. And I was already at 100,000 followers. Wow. But I it was like steady, it didn’t grow any more. And I was just like this is I’m a PT now. Why am I doing this? This is like, this isn’t my job. I shouldn’t be focusing on it. And that’s when my friend Vinnie rehab met up with him in Toronto and he was like, why aren’t you posting like anatomy type stuff? Why aren’t you talking about the body and I was like well I’m a new PT I just graduated I don’t have the knowledge yet and and it was that fear of being judged of not being at that level I should be of like, Oh, what if other PTS who’ve been doing this for years now see my stuff and they’re like what is she doing? You know, so it was it was having that that just the fear of putting myself out there and that in that aspect hiding behind fitness and doing cool things with my body? That was easy. Yeah. I didn’t have to I didn’t even have to show my face a lot because I was afraid of being judged for how I looked I was afraid there was just so much I was afraid of and so I just was resistant to a lot of things until I just decided to listen to him and I did one video and it took off and I was interested in this and so I started doing it more and people liked it more and and then I changed my name to doctrine fit because it be Jen underscore e s underscore care. Oh wow. Nothing to do with anything. My name is And so I changed my name got serious and started like posting regularly about the body and everything and it took I grew over 200,000 Just from posting educational things.

Alex Beadon 25:13
That is amazing. And the

Jen Esquer 25:15
more I did it, the more people loved it. And which was also gratifying because I’m like, Oh, my God, people want to actually learn. Yeah, cool. Yeah. Then I started, like, meeting mentors and meeting other therapists that I admired that I thought I wasn’t good enough yet, or so it was just like, it just goes to show, you know, get out of your own way. And things start to open up.

Alex Beadon 25:40
Yeah. And it’s funny that you touched on that fear part. Because that is, I would say, like one of the top three excuses that I hear all the time of why people don’t want to make content. They’re like, Oh, but what if I say something wrong? Like, I don’t know everything. And it’s like, you don’t need to know everything. You just need to be able to help one person or inspire one person and it’ll be worth it. And you might stumble, or you might fall in like, so. Learn and you’ll move on.

Jen Esquer 26:04
Yeah, exactly. Yeah, exactly.

Alex Beadon 26:06
So how important would you say your Instagram has been for the growth of your business and the success of your business?

Jen Esquer 26:17
For getting started, for sure has been the number one thing that’s helped me,

Alex Beadon 26:22
I guess you said, you didn’t have an email list when you first launched? Was that a six figure launch? I feel like I heard that that was a six figure launch somewhere. It was. Okay. So that was it was clearly a very successful launch, especially for your first launch. So you would say that that really had a lot to do with the fact that you were well connected, people were supporting you, and that you had this awesome Instagram account to utilize 100%? And how because you said at the beginning, it was helpful, maybe not so much anymore. How do you feel about your Instagram account? Now?

Jen Esquer 26:57
I definitely still feel like it helps. I mean, I, I do feel like my growth has kind of slowed down. I mean, things are just hard to figure out. And I don’t I don’t sit there trying to figure it out, right? Because it’s just a waste of time. Like people reach out. They’re like, Oh, algorithms change. I’m like, Dude, it’s changing all the time. Yeah, you know, it’s not something that we can, unless you’re in Facebook, and Instagram and like working it, I don’t think we’ll really have a full grasp on it. So So and it’s like a rabbit hole. It really is. So do the best you can in terms of putting out amazing content and things that you know, are going to be catched not only from your audience, but mainly from other people like scrolling through the popular page, why are they going to want to click on you, I always say Instagram is a billboard. It is your billboard, it is something that needs to look catchy, it needs to look just like everything is going to be viral, which is hard to determine you can’t determine you never know, but do your best.

Alex Beadon 28:03
I want to kind of dissect a little bit into what you just said, before we move on. You said Yeah, want to create content that’s eye catching, not just your ideal client. Mm hmm. So talk to me about that. Because if we’re trying to attract our ideal clients, what I think what you’re trying to say is that basically, the more people you have coming to your Instagram account, the more people are actually going to see your content. Yes, the more chances you’ll actually have of hitting your ideal client.

Jen Esquer 28:27
Yeah, correct. Yeah. And when you when someone first sees you, and then they go, and maybe they’ll want to follow you for a hot second, because they’re like, well, this person may be looked a little interesting, you’re gonna show up in their stories. First, you’re gonna show up in their feed first when they first follow you. So if you have some good content that’s coming up first, or they may be click your store and they start to hear a little bit from you, they like your personality, maybe, maybe there is like a free challenge that you’re running or your course is just landing or you have a webinar that’s coming out or whatever it may be. And they get to hear that first because they’re just like, kind of curious. Like that is it’s always your moment, it’s always your moment to to step up to show who you are, and to be able to convey that to anyone who might come across your page.

Alex Beadon 29:16
That’s interesting. Okay, cool. What did I cut you off? You were gonna say something else, and I cut you off. Do you remember what it was?

Jen Esquer 29:25
I don’t know if I do, but that’s okay.

Alex Beadon 29:28
Any more thoughts on Instagram before we wrap up and move on to the next topic?

Jen Esquer 29:34
I just say, you know, don’t be afraid to reach out and connect. I even I worked at a physical when I first worked at the physical therapy clinic. There was a guy there who he had blocked me when we work together because he was trying to build his own following and I was like, Excuse me, I could have helped you like, we could have collaborated. I had a lot more followers than me Yeah, and don’t be closed off to anyone, whether they’re in your space, whether you’re just unsure, like, be open. And if it doesn’t work for you fine, like you move on, you know, but be open, be collaborative reach out to people, the more that you reach out, the more people are like, Oh, this is actually like a really cool person. They’re really nice. Like, people want to be surrounded by nice, cool people, people who are going to be supportive. So comment, like, go reach out, be open to people who are even in your same space and your same industry, because there’s a lot that you can learn from other people.

Alex Beadon 30:39
I want to talk to you about your routine and your lifestyle. So firstly, I want to know, how do you structure your weeks? I know you said that one day a week you’re working privately with one on one clients, what is the rest of your week look like? Oh, man.

Jen Esquer 30:54
I would say I’m still trying to figure out my structure.

But it really is it’s content creation. So I’m constantly thinking, anytime I have a new idea, I have a notepad that I just go to, and I write it down. And like, if someone asks a question about something, I’m like, Oh, I can create a video on that. I’m gonna write that down. So. So it’s constantly having an open mind to be able to write things down and kind of come up with things as I as I feel like I, I can. And then it’s also answering emails and managing my team and just a lot of content creation. I mean, as someone who writes programs and and has an Instagram, and if you’re in this world, it is going to be a lot of constant. Yeah, whether it’s writing newsletters, blogs, whatever it may be.

Alex Beadon 31:50
What does your content currently look like? Obviously, I know you’re on Instagram, you have an email list. I assume you’re sending out weekly emails. Yeah. What else are you making? Do you have a YouTube channel?

Jen Esquer 32:02
It is in the works. Okay, cool.

Alex Beadon 32:05
Yeah. So right now, is it just mainly you’re focusing on Instagram and email list?

Jen Esquer 32:10
Yes.

Alex Beadon 32:11
Do you have a blog?

Jen Esquer 32:14
Yeah, rough. I have a few blog posts. But it’s all like a main focus. It is. So not a main focus. And even people that I learned from who used to blog all the time there, they’re switching, doing blogging less. Yeah. And figuring out how they can optimize in other areas better. And I’m really learning as well. So it’s like, how can I translate taking, you know, someone from whether it’s an Instagram post or a swipe up in a story and just taking them straight to the the email list rather than even a blog post. So some people take it straight to a blog post that hopefully, hopefully takes them back into the email list. I’m usually just taking them straight, either into the program or into the email list.

Alex Beadon 33:03
I’m curious about your email list when you’re sending out or even Instagram as well, I know that mainly, so you said you have the mobility method, which focuses on being able to move with ease, correct? How far do you kind of shift away from that in your content? Like how, how often are you veering into other topics? Um, or do you mainly try to just talk about that, because you know that that’s what you’re selling?

Jen Esquer 33:36
I would say I probably only do that about specifically talking about mobility or showing like a mobility flow. I specifically do that probably once a week, sometimes even less. But I would say all my content is kind of geared around, like, how can you open up? How can you mobilize? How can you decrease restrictions in an area so so I’m probably talking about it a lot more than I even realized or other people realize, but a lot of it is still geared around. And what is attractive, unfortunately, to most people is like, oh, shoulder pain, my pain is right there. How do I increase that? How do I decrease that? How do I you know, so, unfortunately, I do still have to talk a lot about just pain in one area in order for it to be attractive, which isn’t necessarily what my passion and my goal is, but But hopefully, then, if I’m able to at least attract them that way, then I’m able to translate into that as they start to see my content more and more, it’s like, well, that painful area doesn’t necessarily mean you know, you do these exercises, it might be coming from your big toe, it might be coming from a different area. So then I hopefully drop them into more education as they start to follow me.

Alex Beadon 34:54
I love that you mentioned that because I think so many people are don’t really want to talk about certain things. things that actually are what’s going to bring the, the, the level of understanding that their ideal client has, that’s what’s going to attract them. So I love that you touched on that. What’s been the hardest part so far about being an entrepreneur?

Jen Esquer 35:14
Um, you know, right now, I have to admit that it’s just been really exciting. I don’t put a lot of pressure on myself in terms of like how something’s going to do. I just like, here’s another experiment. For me. It’s like, it’s always experimenting, you never really know what’s going to happen. Yeah. And when you let go of the expectation of like, I need to hit a six figure launch, or I need to do this or you stop comparing yourself to other people as well, and how they’ve done. You’re just able to, like play with it and kind of see like, well, maybe this post will do? Well, let’s just try it out. Let’s experiment. Let’s see what this newsletter does. Like, I even had a newsletter where I forgot to change the subject line. So it said new broadcast, and it actually got more clicks. Oh, my God, what did I do? And then

Alex Beadon 36:08
you’re like, Oh, well, yeah.

Jen Esquer 36:11
So it’s like, it’s all just an experiment. You all you just get to kind of play with it and see how what is the best message? Or best way for me to relay my message? How am I going to connect with more people, and every time you did dig back into that, why that connection that where it’s truly coming from of what you want to create, and what you’re trying to help, hopefully with the world, then you’re able to just have it grow and let go of expectations.

Alex Beadon 36:41
I’m sure I love all of that. Everything you just said is like, one of the I think it’s one of the big things that stops people from achieving success is that they put so much pressure on this one launch, it’s like, Now or never, you know, and then they fail. And they’re like, Oh, well, it wasn’t meant for me. Whereas you’re just like, I’m just experimenting, and I’m gonna keep experimenting until I find what works. So that is epic. I want to know what you think your experience as a physical therapist? How has it benefited you as an entrepreneur? Like how do you see things differently as a physical therapist, as an entrepreneur?

Jen Esquer 37:23
For me, as a physical therapist, I think it it’s just been a game of how to relate my particular message in terms of what people typically think physical therapy is, and what I’m trying to say about it. I even I met with a chiropractor, a couple a few weeks ago, and he’s like, oh, yeah, well, physical, like I do the chiropractic and then sometimes I send them to physical therapists. And I’m like, Well, what do you think a physical therapist does. Because a lot of times, it’s still the mindset of the chiropractor does the adjustment and the physical therapist does the strengthening. And that’s how we work, right? But in my mindset, it’s like no person who wants to facilitate and help is going to facilitate and help whether that means no matter what that looks like, across the board, because to be honest, physical therapists can do adjustments, we call them manipulation, right? Eye chiropractor can do soft tissue massage and exercise the same way that we can. So it’s, it’s just a person helping and facilitating a person rather than, you know, this is what you know, we do ultrasound, and we do electrical stimulation and this mindset of like, one sided of what a physical therapist is what it does, that we, we you only see a physical therapist after surgery, or you only see a physical therapist of your, if your doctor tells you you need to go see. So just changing the mindset has been really interesting as an entrepreneur, because you don’t see a lot of physical therapists, entrepreneurs. And if they are, they’re usually I think the one who really got us started and did an amazing job is Kelly stret. And he spoken to CrossFitters and read a book and, and really got the idea of biomechanics coming from a physical therapy standpoint. So he did amazing and changing the mindset of fat, but it still gets to shift it still gets to be changed in a lot of people. And so just being an entrepreneur in that way and kind of seeing how can I talk to people that they start to understand what I’m really saying what I mean, what a and getting it out of the mindset of the traditional rehabilitation are boring words that just don’t connect with people. Yeah.

Alex Beadon 39:49
You’re like a natural marketer. I don’t know where this comes from. But you I just am listening to you and I’m like, I hope everyone listening to this is translating it to their own way. Whatever it is that they’re doing, because no matter which field you’re in, you should be looking at it. Like, how can I make this? So me? And so like, how do I make my message stand out? How do I make sure that when someone sees whatever it is that I’ve created, that it immediately captures their attention and really teaches them something new or whatever, I love everything you just said, like that was so so brilliant. And I think it’s just people need to apply it to every single field, like no matter which field you’re in, because it works even as busy like even more. So if your field is super populated online, like you need to learn how to communicate it in a in a unique way. So that was brilliant. I love that. What do you think is one piece of advice that could greatly benefit the life of an online entrepreneur that is most often ignored.

Jen Esquer 40:50
Self Care?

Alex Beadon 40:51
Oh, tell me about that.

Jen Esquer 40:54
Because I think especially even me who’s a physical therapist and and getting other people that move, you know, it’s like I am all of a sudden sitting at my computer for hours on hours. And I’m like, Oh, my God. Self Care is hugely important. Plus, it’s just going to get like, when you’re able to take care of yourself and tap into whatever that is that looks like so whether that’s going to a float tank or getting massage or working out, or you can just got to, you have to kind of sit with your energy, whether that’s meditating, or whatever it looks like for you, but you have to take care of you first, in order for you to be able to translate that out to other people and start to create more and just move your energy. That’s what I usually it’s like, I will get pent up, I’ll get stressed out, moods will start to shift, I’m not going to be able to connect with people if I’m not moving my energy. So I have to my self care for me personally is movement.

Alex Beadon 41:53
Hmm. I like that I was listening to a podcast today actually. And they were talking about how so often, self care is like, you know, meditate or journal or visualize or whatever and actually moving your body and the energy in your body is such a big part of self care.

Jen Esquer 42:09
So huge, so huge. And I don’t even just mean like, pop on a podcast and go for a walk or something. But like get out of your environment that you’re sitting in, especially as a new online entrepreneur, there is so much thinning, there is so much learning there’s is a lot of overwhelm at first. So being able to get out of that environment. And, and yeah, like you said, move the energy just shift and

Alex Beadon 42:37
my next question is, have you ever been given business advice that didn’t sit well with you or just intuitively felt off? And you were like, Oh, that just sounds miserable? Like how do you kind of decipher between this is good business advice that’s pushing me outside of my child, my comfort zone and it’s challenging me and bad business advice, that maybe it’s good and maybe it works, but it just doesn’t feel authentic to

Jen Esquer 43:05
it always has to come it always has to hit me and be able to convey my why if it’s going to take away from my message that I’m trying to share with people even if it might look more attractive, I’m not going to do it right so like for example, I’ve been told I have a new program a membership site and it’s it has functional HIIT workouts and so it does have workouts in it as well as mobility and core. And I was told oh you know you can like on the main sales page, lose fat, lose weight that kind of thing. And I was like no, I can’t do that is not my why that is not my message. Like if I’m getting someone to move and work out it is purely to start to strengthen things they might not know about start to increase the heart rate like I’m looking at it completely functionally I’m they’re not coming to me to lose weight. I’m not their personal trainer and I’m not going to dive into that so if it is not going to get out my why I’m not going to do it even if it would attract more people even if that was not my audience and it’s not what I want to do so that I’m like super adamant about like no

Alex Beadon 44:27
I’m gonna challenge you I’m gonna give you I’d love to know your your thoughts on this. So you know they have these bots right that you can put onto your Instagram account and it will go and like other people’s photos, which is smart because it’s getting your account onto the little notifications of other people’s account which is introducing people to you. Technically it’s not as bad as like the follow unfollow method where like, I think that’s a little bit more slimy. I’d love to know your thoughts on that because I’ve been I’m thinking about this, and I’m so divided part of me is like, I can I can get on board the liking thing, because it’s like, it’s a good marketing technique. It’s getting my name out there, whatever. And it’s it and it works. And then on the other side, I’m like, Ah, it’s just so I don’t know, you know?

Jen Esquer 45:18
Honestly, I would say, well, first of all, I thought they killed a lot of those things. And that wasn’t, so I’d be careful with it. Because Instagram has gotten a lot smarter at that. I know, that was a big thing, like three years ago. I think I did the liking thing for a little bit. Yeah. With one of the apps. So I did, I did use it. And what I say to that is, you know, if it’s something where you’re not buying anyone, and you’re not in like, you’re not

Alex Beadon 45:48
tricking them, anyone? Yeah.

Jen Esquer 45:50
Like, there used to be the ones where you could leave a comment. And you could totally tell that comment has nothing to do that. Awful and so I would I would not go into comments or anything, but like, it is just, you know, maybe you would like it without even knowing, you know, so you don’t you don’t know, it just it’s a like, yeah. way of encouraging someone else. So I don’t think it’s bad. I think it’s bad if you’re going to buy fake followers just to make your following look bigger.

Alex Beadon 46:24
First of all, probably not intelligent.

Jen Esquer 46:26
No, it’s not going to relate to business sales. It’s good that your people are going to find out because your likes your engagement, like things are going to be fishy. It’s just, in that sense, be real. And even if it’s, you know, it is hard to grow nowadays. So if that means you’re doing ads, in terms of getting your face out there more and people can see that still means that people have to go click on you and follow you. Yeah, Bill, for me an authentic way to grow even though you’re paying for ads. Very true not paying for followers. So if that’s the way And granted, I haven’t done any of this, I’ve never paid for anything to increase my page, whether that was a shout out or anything, mine has been purely organic. And I’ve been very grateful for that. But may I do ads at a certain point, maybe possibly. And it’s not that I’m not buying fake followers? Like, you’re just increasing your reach in terms of how many people can see we’re all trying to do that.

Alex Beadon 47:27
Yeah. Oh, I love it. Okay. So much of what you said today was brilliant. Thank you so much for sharing all of your wisdom with us. Before we wrap up, I have a few fire rapid questions. So what is one thing you do that has been a non negotiable in the success of your business movement? Your mindset shift that has made the biggest difference in your life as an entrepreneur,

Jen Esquer 47:55
getting out of my own way, like really getting out of my, like fear mindset. And I did a leadership course. And that honestly helped. Like if I hadn’t done that leadership course, I probably wouldn’t have been able to step up the way I did and connect with.

Alex Beadon 48:11
What was the name of the leadership course?

Jen Esquer 48:13
I did. It’s called ascension Leadership Academy in San Diego. Cool, highly recommended, even if you don’t live in San Diego, Go to it.

Alex Beadon 48:22
Sounds awesome. I’ll be sure to put that in the show notes as well. So people can go and check it out. Fill in the blank the world would we the world would be a better place if more people knew blank.

Jen Esquer 48:34
Wi mobility was important for their bodies.

Alex Beadon 48:39
The book that changed my life was

Jen Esquer 48:45
radical acceptance.

Alex Beadon 48:47
And lastly, this is my favorite thing from every episode, I asked everyone to challenge our audience to do one thing over the next week. So what’s the one thing that you would like all of our listeners to focus on doing?

Jen Esquer 49:03
Tuning into their bodies? And moving?

Alex Beadon 49:07
So okay, let’s just dive into that for one little minute. When you tune into your body, what does that really mean? Like how for someone who doesn’t even understand? How would you explain to them?

Jen Esquer 49:21
That means when you have an ache or pain or you eat something that’s your like, your stomach doesn’t feel good tune into that What did you just eat? Why would you want to put that back in your body? I mean, it’s not about having a diet. It’s just about awareness, taking care of yourself and loving yourself loving yourself so deep that you’re not going to do something that causes pain or causes hurt. And granted, I’m going to be like, You know what, right now I’m gonna have the pizza and my stomach is gonna hurt. So as long as you have that awareness that that’s gonna happen. That’s okay, but but tapping in so maybe it’s like well sitting this way causes pain are sitting in this chair causes pain. So maybe you’re going to shift, you’re going to start to get out of that. Or maybe you’re going to, you know, try a stretch and say, oh, did that get me out of pain? Could I do that? Can I implement that like, one time throughout my day where it takes two seconds, and I’m suddenly able to not have that pain anymore? So tuning in to what, what feels bad, and what feels good.

Alex Beadon 50:29
Thank you so much, Jen. That was awesome. Can you let everyone know where they can find you online and on Instagram?

Jen Esquer 50:37
Yes, Instagram mainly is where I’ll be I try to honestly answer all my DMs. Sometimes it takes me like a month. So be patient. But I do. So doc Jen fit is where I’m at on Instagram website, YouTube, because I am having that up and coming. So other things Dr. unfit.

Alex Beadon 51:02
That’s awesome. Thank you so much, Jen. And I just really appreciate that you came on the show and I loved getting to know you better. And I just am so I love watching online because I feel like you’re such like you’re just so different to everything else that I’ve seen. And I feel like you’re shining in your own way. So thank you for being you and thank you for the work that you do in the world. And thank you for being on the show.

Jen Esquer 51:25
Yeah, thank you for having me. It was so good connecting.

Alex Beadon 51:30
Thank you so much for tuning into the on purpose podcast and I really hope that you had as much of a blast as we did. If you liked what you heard and want even more make sure you leave a review because it really helps support what I do here on the podcast. All you have to do is search the podcast app for the on purpose podcasts, select it then scroll down until you see write a review and then type away I hope you really enjoy your week and I will see you guys again next time stay on purpose

oh my gosh you guys look how amazing this shrimps are Raja cocktail Lux meet Beatrice, an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you. I’m all two of you. Well, I guess I’m just here by myself now. Why don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www dot gramm dashlane.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.

#009 – My Monthly Routine for Success, Advice on Growing your Followers & The App that’s Changed My Health

You think you want 1M followers on social media. Think again.

Alex details the importance of steering away from the vanity of social proofing, challenges users to make a difference in their audience’s lives and shares intimately what her July was like.

“Don’t get lost in the social media game of numbers.”

Stay motivated as she covers her monthly mantra that gets her amped for success and how you too can feel great when you get back into your zone of focus.

This is On Purpose.

In this Podcast you’ll learn

  • Disregarding social media numbers
  • How to create impact in the lives around you
  • Taking charge of your nutrition
  • Therapy as mental nourishment
  • Alex’s 3-step routine to monthly success

Catch up with the Beads:
IG: @alexbeadon
Facebook: Alex Beadon
Website: www.alexbeadon.com

Loved this and want more? Check out our other episodes here.

Spark a conversation! Leave a comment below or say hello @alexbeadon on Instagram.

Transcript Available Below

Alex Beadon 0:00
In this episode, I’m going to share my monthly success routine. My advice on growing your social media followers and an app that has revolutionized my health. Welcome to on purpose. Do you ever feel like you’re trying to balance it all, nourishing your health while growing your business and living a life well lived. And no matter how hard you try, sometimes you slip from purpose driven into autopilot. Take a deep breath, relax, and let’s get you back to where you belong. On purpose

Hello, friends, welcome to episode number nine of on purpose with Alex Beadon. I’m so excited that you are here listening to this wherever you’re joining me from in the world, I just want to say welcome. I’m in a really fun mood. So I’m really excited to be recording this podcast, I think it’s gonna be a really good one. So just kind of giving you a heads up that this is one you’re going to want to listen to all the way through till the end. Before we dive into the goodness of this episode, I have one thing to share with you. If you struggle with what to post on your Instagram story and you’re ready to grow your online tribe build your brand and boost your sales, definitely come check out my signature online course gram slum. The course is short and sweet. You could literally finish it in a day. And it is going to make a huge impact on how you communicate to your audience using Instagram Stories. Join Today over at Graham dash slam.com forward slash join. Okay, let’s dive in. So this week has been pretty interesting because my boyfriend Nick, who I live with is currently in Colombia, working with a charitable organization there. It’s a long story. But long story short, he’s not here at home with me this week, which has been amazing. And I mean that in like the kindest way possible. I absolutely adore Nick, obviously, he’s my boyfriend, I have so much love and respect for him. I love living with him. But simultaneously, the fact that he’s been gone for the past week has been so refreshing, it’s so nice to like, wake up in my own bed have my own space. I think when like whenever you’re in a couple whenever you’re in a relationship, it’s super healthy to spend time apart, right? It’s so so good. When one person leaves the other person can experience life without that person, you learn to be more grateful for certain things that that person does for you. And then the person who’s away, so like him in Colombia, right now, he is having new experiences. He’s getting to explore a new country. So it’s just so positive for both individual parties. And I think when you’re in a relationship, it’s just important that you’re both not only growing together as a couple, but also growing individually. And what better way to grow individually than to have some high quality alone time. So I’ve really been enjoying it. Having said that, I am looking forward to seeing him again and getting to talk to him again. He’s been pretty much Mia, which has also added to the interest of this entire time because we haven’t been texting nonstop. We haven’t we’ve like had one calls since he’s been gone. Because the connection where he is is just not 100%. And also he’s super busy with what he’s been working on. So yeah, it’s been nice to have some space, but I’m also really looking forward to being reunited next week. So next week, I will be flying to Colombia. Maybe when you listen to this, yeah, when you listen to this, it will be two more days until I fly to Colombia. So if you want to keep up with my Colombian adventures, make sure you’re following me on Instagram at Alex beaten. But yeah, I’m excited for us to be reunited again, but also really grateful for this time apart. And if you’re listening and you’re in a couple, like ask yourself, How can I get more alone time or especially if you live together? Especially if you live together? Especially if you’re married? Like if you’re married? I’m going to ask this question on my Instagram because I’m super curious. Like when was the last time that you guys spent time apart? Because I think it’s pretty common for people who live together to not ever really vacation alone, you know, so I’m interested to hearing what your perspective is on that. I think Nick and I are also really lucky because we’re both self employed, which means like, we don’t really have to deal with vacation days or anything like that. So it’s easy for us to have these holiday times apart. Like when I went to LA when I went to Hawaii and for him now in Colombia. But we can still have that time together as well because there’s not really a limit on our vacation days. So I’m interested in hearing from you guys. So definitely message me on Instagram and let me know where are you at in that couples vacation? Like do you ever spend time apart? Are you pretty much together all the time? I’m super curious about that and Anyway, today, I really wanted to cover a topic that has been super popular in my inbox lately. Everyone wants to know how to get more social media followers. And it’s kind of this ironic thing. It’s like, I just don’t get the obsession with social media numbers like, don’t get me wrong, I understand that it’s a great form of social proof in your business. It shows other people that, you know, you’re an authority that people follow you that they look up to you. But really, and truly, it’s like 100%, a vanity metric, like, all I’m saying is that there are other things that you should be focusing your full attention on, right? So instead of focusing on the numbers, and being obsessed with the numbers, focus on your value, and I’m going to say value metric, if you can find a way to measure how much value you’re giving. So maybe you’re like, Okay, you know, instead of aiming for 1000 followers, or 10,000 followers, or 100,000, followers, I’m going to aim to really make a difference in 10 people’s lives this month, or whatever that number looks like for you. Right? So really focusing on the value you’re giving, becoming obsessed with giving as much value with making as much of an impact as you possibly can. Because the truth is, that’s how you grow clout. That’s how you grow authority. That’s, like, I see so many people growing their Instagram accounts for the sake of getting a higher and higher number. And to me, it’s like, you are constantly chasing that carrot stick. And every time you get closer, the carrot stick gets farther away. It’s like this never an ending chase for the numbers, it’s something that you’ll never be satisfied with. The numbers is just such like an empty chase you you’re always going to want more more, more more. Whereas if you focus on value, you’re actually focusing on something that matters, you’re focusing on something that has meaning you’re focusing on something that’s going to make you feel fulfilled, if you if you make an impact in someone’s life, if someone messages you and says wow, like you really made a difference to me today. That feels so much better than getting an extra follower. And it’s so much better for your business as well, because it’s legit, it’s full of meaning you’re actually making an impact. So whether you’re male, you decide, okay, I’m going to do it. Alec says I’m going to focus on the value. And you decide that you’re going to focus on making more of an impact in people’s lives, whether that’s through actually putting out content, whether that’s through actually reaching out to people and being like, Hey, I would love to help you with whatever it is that you do. So let’s say that you’re a nutritionist, maybe you decide that you’re going to take on this challenge and try to impact as many people as you can this week. Let’s just try it this week, guys, right? And we could check in next week and see how everyone’s going. I feel like we should definitely name this it should be called like the Impact Challenge or something like that. The Impact Challenge with Alex Beadon. Anyway, take the Impact Challenge, focus on creating as much impact in people’s lives as you possibly can over the next seven days, and just see how it pans out and have no strings attached. So if you’re a nutritionist, and you’re like, Okay, every day on Instagram, I’m going to show up, and I am going to give a tip or I’m going to teach something to people that I know a lot of people have a misconception around, or I’m going to literally prompt people and tell them Hey guys, this week, I’m giving away seven free, I don’t know 15 minute calls or 30 Minute Calls, or like whatever feels good to you, right? And just put it out there, no strings attached. See what happens. Focus on giving value focus on showing up and making as big of an impact in people’s lives as you possibly can and see how it changes in just seven days. Like what’s going to change for you in just seven days. So yeah, that’s my my entire, like, when people talk to me, they’re like, Oh, my numbers aren’t growing. To me. It’s like, don’t look at your numbers. If you’re looking at the numbers, you’re focusing on the wrong thing. Even me, like, I currently have 25,000 followers on Instagram. And there’s this ego part of me that’s like, ooh, but look at so and so she has 100,000 followers, that’s four times you are looking at that person, she has 250,000 followers, that’s 100 times you, right? For me, it’s like, I mean, it’s it’s just one of those things where it’s like, I can’t I can’t change it. I can’t there’s nothing that I can control about it. I can sit around and I can find these strategies in these ways of like growing my audience super quickly. But my thing is, I don’t want you to follow me unless you really know who I am and like who I am and you intentionally decided to follow me like to me I’m I’m chasing more of a high quality follower. How do you get high quality followers, you get high quality followers by showing up and being a value in service. So like for me even when I might post a picture and it might get a really low number of likes, I don’t care. Like, sorry, I’m not out here to be like, Oh, how many likes did this picture get? How many likes? Did that picture get?

Is it not reflecting well on my brand or business if I didn’t get likes or whatever? No, I’m just showing up to give value like that is it? That is my commitments show up give value make as much of an impact, positive impact as I possibly can and call that George. For those of you who don’t know, my entire life, I grew up thinking that call that George was like, a very common saying, turns out it’s a Trini saying, which means that people here in Trinidad say it. And I don’t know, do you say that call that George because it really just means and that’s that’s like and call that George. And that that’s it? That’s the end. But I’ll never forget, this is a second time I’m bringing up Adrian Dorsen. In my podcast. This is so funny. But we were together in Hawaii at our mastermind, and we’re in the bathroom getting ready for dinner or something. And I said I’m call that George. And she was like, who’s George? I was like, no, no, it’s just the saying. Anyway, I got off topic. So yeah, don’t get lost in the social media game of numbers, guys, it is a vanity metric. And honestly, just focus on providing value and as much impact as you possibly can take the Impact Challenge with Alex Beadon. Make sure you tag me and let me know how it goes. But yeah, make it about the value. Okay, another thing that happened for me this week that I wanted to bring up is the importance of surrounding yourself with people who are having a really positive impact on you, who are causing you to really look at your life, evaluate your life, and are prompting you to be the best version of yourself. So this weekend, I went down the islands with a few of my friends. And one of them was a girl who I normally don’t spend much time with her name is Beatrice B for short. And she’s this really awesome British chick, I absolutely adore her good energy. Anyway, we’re all in this boat. And for those of you who don’t know, when, when I say we went down the islands in Trinidad, that just means like, you literally go into boats, and you drive off the coast, and they have like a sprinkle of islands around the place. And you’d basically just park up your boats in the ocean next to an island, and you just enjoy the day, on the ocean, you can go swimming, and have some drinks, have some food, it’s really nice. Anyway, so I was there spending some time with my friends. And all of a sudden, we were all talking about the state of the world we were talking about, you know, Trump and we were talking about Trinidad, and we’re just talking about like all of these, just things that are happening in the world. And I expressed a feeling of just sometimes I just feel so defeated by what’s happening on the planet. It feels like so much help is needed. It feels like there’s so much that needs to be done to make the world a better place. That sometimes I feel hopeless. Sometimes I feel defeated. Sometimes it feels like there’s nothing I can do to make a difference. And I love this story be stopped me and she was like, What are you talking about? She’s like, there’s so much that you can do. And then she basically went on this long spiel of like, all of the different things that you can do in Trinidad to make Trinidad a better place. She started talking about how, you know, it’s such a frustration of hers that people always say, oh, like, you know, what is it that I can do to help when there’s so much you can do to help you just have to focus pick one thing that you want to show up in and just go right. And so she mentioned a charity called One Love Trinidad. And she was like, you know, they’re currently looking for volunteers. And the great thing is that they’re looking for volunteers in the marketing space. And that’s what you do. So this might be a perfect fit. And so I started working with one love Trinidad. And what I love about it is that like my level of involvement can be as much or as little as I want. I want to get involved in a way that’s manageable for my life, where I’m not taking on a whole next level of responsibility, because I already have so much responsibility happening in my business, but where I can still be a source of help, where I can still be a resource that they can ask, okay, you know, we’re trying to sell this many tickets. What should we do? What marketing ideas do you have? So I just felt really inspired this week by her response, you know, don’t get overwhelmed. That was weird. I just had a voice break. Don’t get overwhelmed by the chaos in the world. Don’t think that you can’t make a difference. Everyone can make a difference. You just need to like find your lane and get to it. And so I just wanted to pass that words of wisdom on from be today to all of you to really ask yourself, you know, what part are you playing and making the world a better place? We can only be responsible for our lives and the actions that we take. So really, you know, something that I’m trying to start doing is looking at every single thing in my life and being like, is this negatively or positively affecting the world like we all are here on this planet and I have a very strong desire to leave the world better than when I found it, it’s kind of like when you move into a house. So I spent my childhood moving from home to home to home country to country to country, because my dad worked for a job that moved us around a lot. So we really live that expat life. I’m a third culture kid through and through. And I will never forget my mom growing up, she would always be like, we want to leave the house better than we found it. So she would like plant flowers or, you know, upgrade some part of the inside of the house, just to always be leaving things better than when you found it. And I feel the same way about the Earth, right? So small things like I used to use plastic bags to go grocery shopping, and I’m now trying to make a real effort to use my reusable bags, little things like that, like what little changes can you make that’s going to make the world a better place? What kind of organization can you volunteer with? That’s going to feel good for you. Because I think for me, my frustration with volunteer work has always been like, I want to work, I want to help in a really specific way where I’m using my skills where I feel like my skills are being put to use because, yes, it’s great to help, you know, find supplies or like put together meals or things like that. And I think you know, when people do that it is super helpful. But sometimes for me, it feels like I could help in a bigger way I could help at a higher level. And that’s kind of where I feel most drawn to help. So really just listening to your own intuition around it. Like what would feel fun for you? Where can you apply your skills? Or how can you help in a way that that feels like you are making the most of an impact. Okay. So the moral of the story, guys, is to spend time with people who cause you to see things differently and encourage you to be better. Thank you, Beatrice. Okay, the next thing I want to share with you is something that’s really changed my nutritional Game Over the past few days. So for those of you who follow me on Instagram Stories, you will know that back in June, I went to Hawaii on a mastermind trip, which basically means that I meet with a variety of business owning women. And we all come together and we do hot seats, and we bounce ideas off of each other, help each other with our businesses. It’s so inspiring and so beneficial. And yeah, I just absolutely love it. Anyway, the last time I was there, my girl, Maggie, and let me just bring her up on Instagram so that I can share with you what her Instagram is. But anyway, my girl, Maggie basically gave me a hair test, which basically means that she cuts off about three square inches of your hair from the very roots, right? And what she does is she takes it she then cuts off the first two or three inches of the hair, and she sends it away for testing. So my results came back and we had the conversation on the phone. And she basically said, okay, here are a few things that I’ve learned about you through your hair test. She was like number one, your metabolism and I don’t think she used the word metabolism. I’m just using it because I feel like that’s how I best understand it. It’s basically the rate at which your body digests food, minus low, right? So because I have a slow digestion rate, she recommended that I divide my eating habits into 40% carbohydrates, 40% fats, and no sorry, 40% carbohydrates. 40% protein, 20% fat. This was news for me, because to be quite honest with you guys, I didn’t even know what a carbohydrate was like, if you had said, Hey, what is this carb protein or fat? I would have been like, I don’t know. So when she told me that I needed to do 40% carbs, 40% protein 20% fat I was like, sounds good. So I started going about my days cooking meals that I think look 40% carbs 40% Fat 20%

I keep messing this up. But you know what I mean? 4040 20. And she messages me? And she’s like, Hey, because I asked her and she was like, Oh, that looks delicious. And I was like, does this abide by my 4040 20 rule? And she was like, No, sunflower seeds are fat. This is fat, that’s fat. I’m eating so much more fat and my body digest fat at a slower rate, which then basically means that it’s spending so much energy digesting all of these fats instead of taking that energy and using it on other parts of my body that may also need it. Right. So anyway, to make a long story short, I realized that I had to start focusing on learning what carbs proteins and fats really look like. I’m also a vegetarian, which means that my protein definitely needs some help. So there’s nothing like tracking your progress, to really understand how you’re doing if you’re not measuring your progress. How do you know how you’re doing? This goes for like sales in your business. This goes for your health, it goes for whatever. So I found this app called chronometer. I’m going to spell it for you because I don’t know if you’re gonna be able to find it c r o n o m e t e r chronometer. And what I love about it is that I have putting it up every day, I add the foods that I’m eating as I eat them, I’m pretty good at remembering. And then at the end of the day, it gives me a nice little pie chart breaking down, how much fats, protein and carbs I had. And guys, I’ve been doing this for the last five days, and not one single day, have I managed to abide by my 4040 20 rule? I mean, I’m not even close to 4040 20. Firstly, my protein is never high enough. Secondly, my fats are always way too high. I’m probably eating 4040 20, where the 20 is protein, and the fats are 40 and the carbs or fats that make no sense. How do you nutritionists talk about this without mixing them all up? Anyway, to make a long story short, I have not been eating according to how I should be eating. But it’s okay. Because these first few days of me using this app, it’s really just to help me better understand what is fats, what, what are carbs, what are proteins. The more educated I get, the more I learn about the food that I’m putting in my body, the better decisions I’m going to be able to make moving forward. So for me, even though I’m not hitting my goals, and like it’s all good, because I’m learning, right? So it’s just been really great to, for example, yesterday, I made quinoa with black beans, and I inserted it into my app. And I was like, You know what, I normally like to add tomatoes. So I’m gonna go and add some tomatoes. But when I went to add tomatoes to the app, it showed me that tomatoes are like pretty much pure carbs, right? And I was like, Oh, I really need some more protein. So instead, I added green peas, which have a much higher protein. What do you call protein measurements than tomatoes. And so just by swapping out tomatoes for Greenpeace, I was able to get more protein into my diet. Done. So like, that’s just a small example of like, just learning about the food that you’re putting into your body and trying to eat the most healthy, nutritious way that you possibly can. Okay, so yeah, if you’re someone who is really wanting to learn more about nutrition, I would highly recommend the chronometer app. Okay, the next thing I have to speak to you guys about is my first therapy session ever. You guys seem fascinated by this, I shared this on my Instagram stories. And I got so many people messaging me about therapy, saying that they’ve gone to therapy therapy has changed their lives. Or the other side of the spectrum, which many of you were telling me that you want to go to therapy, but you’ve been putting it off, and you haven’t gotten around to it yet. And you were really curious about how my first session went. And to be honest with you, that’s kind of what I was like, I’ve been wanting to go to therapy for the past few months. And I’ve had my therapist number for the past few months sitting in my phone. And I have literally procrastinated on making the call and booking in my first session for three months. So the first thing I have to say is that I’m proud of myself for making the call, I’m proud of myself for showing up, I think the first time you do anything like that, it’s always the most uncomfortable. Because you don’t know where the place is, you don’t know where to park, you don’t know what the woman’s actually going to be like you don’t know what to expect. So it comes with like a lot of initial nerves and fear. When I showed up, she was super nice. She sat me down and she was like, Listen, you know, this first session is really just to help me get to know you as as best as I possibly can. So she started out by just asking me like, okay, you know, what is it that you’re struggling with? For me, I’m struggling with anxiety, like, that seems to be the biggest factor of me wanting to go to therapy, it’s just that I’m very anxious. And I understand that my thoughts are a trigger to my anxiety. So I feel like if I go to someone who’s a professional, and I can lay out all of my thoughts on the table, and that professional can help me sort through with an unbiased perspective. To me, that’s super valuable. And so that’s really why I wanted to go to therapy. So I told her all of that we had the entire session. And it felt good to talk to someone who is a professional listener, who can really help me see things from an unbiased perspective. She made a lot of pattern recognition. She was able to really like look at all of the stories I told her and been like, Okay, here’s the similarity between this and knots. She drew parallels that I had never seen before. It’s a pretty bizarre experience to share your life story with someone and then for them to kind of reflect back to the congruency that they see and a variety of your different stories. So that was so powerful. I’m a very self reflective person. So for me, I just loved you know, that side of it, just listening to what she was reflecting back to me. And then, you know, we went through the entire Her session I think I cried like three times. When I say cried, I wasn’t like bawling, but tears were definitely welling up to the surface, which I think is probably normal in therapy. And she was super, super nice about it. And she was like, Yeah, this is totally normal, don’t worry. And at the end of the session, she was like, Cool, Alex. Well, that’s it for today. That’s the end of our session, when can I expect to see you again? And I was like, what? That’s it, you’re not gonna give me homework or anything. So I booked my next session for next week, Tuesday. So by the time you’re listening to this, you’re listening to this on a Monday. So my next session is actually happening tomorrow. And yeah, I’m really excited about it, I’ve decided that she seems like a good fit for me. So I think I’m going to commit to going to her at least two or three times a month for the next three months, just to kind of see how that goes. And a lot of you guys were asking me how I found her. I actually just asked around, I asked a lot of different friends. Have you been to therapy? If you have, who did you go to? What were they like? What did you like about them? What did you like about them? And I think just asking those types of questions and getting feedback from people. That is really what helped me make my decision of who it was that I wanted to go see. But I would say guys, like, don’t let the uncertainty of it stop you from going. We make so many investments in ourselves every day. Like if you think about all the money you spend on yourself on food, on clothes, on education on entertainment, and then ask yourself, you know, when was the last time you spent money on your mental health? And for me, that answer is like $2 for a meditation app. So I would definitely recommend it. And I, if you’re scared about who you go to, or like finding the perfect person, my advice would be to just like surrender that worry and be like, I trust that I’m going to find the right person, even if the first person I go to is not the right person. And you can listen to your own intuition. If you show up in the room and this person is on a good fit, you’ll immediately know and you never have to go back again. Right, but just kind of like leaving that door open and being like I trust, I’ll find the right person. And I’m ready to start going to therapy and start prioritizing this in my life, if that is a good fit for you. Okay, I’ve shared everything that has been my reflections from this week, I feel like this is going to be a really long episode, because I’m now going to share with you my monthly success routine. This is something that makes a huge difference in my life. And I don’t do it every single month, because I’m not perfect. And I’m human. And sometimes I forget. But if I’m having a really good month, and if I’m really on top of my game, this is something I do every single month. So I thought it might be fun to share it with you guys every month and to help keep me accountable by sharing it with you guys every month. So from now on, at the beginning of every month, I’m going to do this monthly success routine with you guys. I’m going to try it for a few months, see what the response is like, and see how comfortable I feel with sharing all of this detail with you guys, because this is a lot of personal detail we’re about to go into. But I do think that by listening to you know my monthly success routine, hopefully it will inspire you in your own and you can implement this into your own schedule. So let’s get started. The first thing that I do is I review the previous month. So we’re currently in August. This is the first week of August. Yes. We just left July cut by July. Goodbye, goodbye. Goodbye, goodbye. And now it’s time to look back at July and really celebrate all of the wins, like what is there to celebrate from July. So first and foremost, Laura was here,

which was amazing having Laura here and really getting to be together for the first time as co workers and as a team and getting to show her my life here in Trinidad. It was just amazing. Like we had so many fun experiences together. We also worked super, super, super hard. So that’s definitely something that I added to my list. Katherine had her last day in July so July was the month we said goodbye to Cath on the team. We launched the podcast on purpose with Alex Beadon. And we reached our goal of 100 podcast reviews in the first seven days, we made the top 200 business podcast in the US on iTunes in our first week, which is mind blowing to me guys, I can’t tell you just I’m so grateful. I’m so so so grateful for all of the love and support that we’ve had around the podcast. It means the world to me, I love when you guys message me on Instagram and share your insights from the podcast. It’s just so much fun and I feel reinvigorated with everything that’s happening on the podcast and like sharing this content with you really excites me. So it’s like I just have this newfound pleasure in the content I’m creating because for the longest time I was making videos and I Just felt like it got stale. And then I lost my YouTube channel. So I decided to start a podcast. And now we’re here. And I just want to say I’m super grateful. So July was podcast launch month. And it was a huge success. Also, July was the month that we really started getting into a weekly work routine for the first time ever, thanks to Laura, which has been super beneficial. So for example, I know that every Wednesday is podcast recording day, I know that every Monday is admin day, etc, etc. So really trying to fit those things in to their particular day. It’s just been so nice. So Laura, I love you for that. Thank you. July was also the month that I started working with one love Trinidad, which is the charity that I spoke to you guys about earlier. So I’m really looking forward to seeing how I continue down that direction. It’s also the month that I started using chronometer to track my nutrition. And really, I’m less excited about using the app. And I’m more excited about all of the knowledge and education that I’m beginning to learn about nutrition and about my body and how my body responds to certain foods. So I’m so excited to keep carrying down this nutritional path of, you know, really being aware of what it is that I’m putting in my body. July was also my sister’s birthday, happy birthday, Liz. And July was the month that we I mean, we worked so hard this month, we were trying an initial strategy of using Facebook ads. And then we had to change our strategy. So July was a month of resilience. July was a month of hard work. And July was a month of intensity, right? So I look I can look back at that month and love it for all that it was and love it for everything that it gave us. And for all of the lessons and all of the knowledge and all of the hard work. And having Laura here and the podcast, and Kathy leaving, I feel like we’re moving into this new stage of the business. So thank you, July. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you July, July was an amazing month. Then what I like to do is I like to set my goals for the next month. So step one, review the month that just happened and celebrate everything that deserves being celebrated. Number two, set your goals for the month that you’re now moving into. So we are moving into August, it’s time to set some goals. So my goals for this month are divided into firstly business goals. business goals, I like to keep them short and sweet and focused, right. So I really want to sell 124 Gram Slams on evergreen this month. So I want to sell four Gram Slams a day. So I want for people to join my online course Gram Slam every single day. And I want it to be automated by the end of the month. Right? Automation, automation, automation automation, I’m calling it it, that’s what I want to have happen. Also, this month of August, I’m going to be traveling 77% of this month, which means I’m not going to be at home for 77% of this month. So I already know and can feel that what’s going to be really important to me this month is remaining grounded. And trusting that everything is happening in perfect time. I can just see myself traveling around I mean, like but I have to work on this. And I have to work on that. And I have to work on this. And so what I want to call in is a feeling of groundedness where I don’t feel scattered, where I really feel connected to my mission, and also connected to whatever it is that’s currently happening on that particular day. Right. So even though I’m traveling, how can I remain grounded? For me, that’s all about having like core traditions, or routines within your day that really make you feel at home, even if you’re not at home. So something that I want to do this month is meditate every single day. I want to journal I want to read I want to be in a space where I can really let go of my perfectionist side Brene Brown says that perfectionism sorry, procrastination is perfect. Oh my god, can I even speak today? She says that perfectionism is procrastination and really nice shoes. Right? So basically, what she’s saying is that when you are working on a project, and you just can’t, it’s taking you so much longer than you thought it was gonna take. Because you really want it to be perfect and you’re trying to get it just right. What you’re doing is just procrastinating. Right? So for me, I really want to embrace that side this month where I’m like Done is better than perfect. It’s more important to get it finished. And for it to be perfect. I can always revisit it in the future. This month. I don’t have time to waste because I’m going to be managing a lot of travel a lot of personal time with friends and family. So yeah, I need to let go of my perfectionism this month. I also want to get back into my monthly gratitude list habit. So basically at the beginning thing of the year I was really good at every time something good happened every time something worth celebrating happened, I would write it down underneath, like in my notes section of my phone app. And when I say gratitude, I mean like things that happened that month that are particular to that month. So for example, the entire list that I just read out to have like the podcast launching this month, and Laura visiting this month, and all of those things like those are great examples of what would go on that list. So this month, instead of coming up with it, at the end of the month, I want to be collecting those celebrations as we go along. So if anything good happens this month, I’m immediately going to write it down in the list. And then a health goal that I have this month is to run 36 kilometers. I think that’s going to be the hardest one because I’m going to be traveling and I’m not sure like is it going to be safe to run around Columbia is the hotel we’re staying out going to have a gym that I can go and run on the treadmill, like I’m not sure how that’s gonna go. But that’s my goal 36 kilometers this month. So just to summarize, I want to sell 124 Gram Slam courses this month, right 124 Or more or more universe or more, I want to sell 124 or more. I want to prioritize my morning routine this month, so that I feel grounded when I travel. So what do I have to do to do that I really need to prioritize going to bed at a reasonable time. And waking up and giving myself a good hour and a half to enjoy journaling or reading or meditating or whatever it is that I feel like doing in that morning. I want to set time limits for my tasks and remind myself that Done is better than perfect. So like, if I know, okay, I need to record a podcast and I need to outline the podcast beforehand. I’m gonna give myself 30 minutes to outline the podcast and whatever I get done in 30 minutes. That’s it? Have you ever taken I’m sure you have an exam, when you’re young when you’re like in high school and you take a test and there’s a time limit. And like you are running out of time and you’re racing at the end to finish. But like finishing is better than not finishing because you have no choice like you’re not going to get extra time. That’s what I want my work to feel like this month is like let’s just get it done. Another thing like I mentioned the August gratitude list, keeping that every single day on my phone, and then running 36 kilometers sell honor and 24 Gram Slams prioritize my morning routine, set time limits for my tasks. Keep an August gratitude list and run 36 kilometers this month. This is going to be cool because at the end of this month, when I record this same episode next month, we’ll be able to look back and really reflect on what worked what didn’t work, what went right, what went wrong, etc. So I’m putting it out there in the universe that these are my goals for this month. Hopefully that’s going to help me stay even more accountable. than what I like to do guys is after I’ve gone ahead and looked back at the past month celebrated, written down my goals for this month. Cool that what I like to do is I like to speak it into being and the way that I do that is by speaking it as though it has already happened. This is one of those things that I do that a lot of people might look at and be like, She’s crazy. I don’t care. This works for me. This helps me get aligned with my mission. It helps me stay focused on my vision. It’s too easy for me to lose focus and to get distracted. So doing this really helps me embody everything great. That’s going to happen this month and it keeps me pumped up to stay on track. So like I said, I’m going to speak it into being by speaking about it as though it’s already happened. Okay.

This month of August was amazing. Even though I was traveling and I was away from home for 77% of the month. I felt so inspired. I felt motivated. I felt grounded by my morning routines. I felt alive I felt nourished by my relationships. I spent time with Laura I spent time with Lizzie, my mom, my dad, it was refreshingly and surprisingly easy and super productive. This month was a magical month. This month I got to go to two new countries. I got to travel to Colombia. I got to travel to Italy. I got to experience a new country with Nick who I absolutely love traveling with. I witnessed the marriage of my best childhood friend Laura in Colombia. I was a badass boss, babe. And I surpassed my monthly sales goal by selling 200 Gram Slams this month. So I’m so grateful that 200 people have joined Gram Slam and are going to be able to get their Instagram stories to the next level. They’re going to be able to better have a relationship with their audience because of the work that they do in Gram Slam. Thank you life for these 200 people I am so so grateful for them and so happy that they’re going to have this experience. I was able to spend quality time in England with my favorite people, my family and it was just so nice to visit and Lend and to really just be there for two weeks in and out, get in there, do the important things, go to Italy see the wedding venue with Lizzie get to try on wedding dresses with Lizzie. I’m just so excited that she’s getting married. And I’m so grateful that I get to witness this process of hers before the wedding. I’m just so so excited. At the end of August, I went on a trip with my mum, my sister, and her fiance on this, and we went to Italy, we explore the wedding venue, it was beautiful. And now we are all even more excited for this wedding. I felt really grounded every single day through my morning practice. And I managed to run 36 kilometers this month, even though I was traveling. And it just reminded me of how important it is to move my body. When I want to create things in life, my body needs to be in motion, I need to be using my body and have movements in order to call in all it is that I want to call in. I am so blessed to be alive. I’m so grateful for every experience and opportunity that came my way this month. Thank you life for all of the pleasant surprises that happened this month. Thank you for the abundance of beauty in every moment. Thank you for surrounding me always buy love and support. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Okay, guys, that’s how I do it. That’s literally stream of consciousness, just me imagining myself at the end of the month, having achieved everything that I wanted to achieve and feeling immense gratitude for it, and thanking life for it. And everyone believes in something different. Some people believe in nothing at all. I am a woman of faith, but I am not a I wouldn’t consider myself a religious person. But I definitely believe in some sort of higher power. I believe in life. I believe in the universe, I believe whatever you want to call it, some people call it God. I think when people talk about God and I talk about life, we’re talking about the same thing, right? So find something that works for you. But doing that practice of really speaking it out loud, is so powerful. So, so powerful. Another thing I like to do is record it on my phone. And I listen to it throughout the month. And actually I just recorded it so I actually can listen to it throughout the month. But yeah, so I would highly, highly recommend that you also do this success routine for your month. Look back at the past month, celebrate things, write out your goals for this month, and guys hang it up, like hang up those goals so that you’re reminded of them every single day. And then, of course, talk it into being speaking as though it’s already happened and feel it it’s so important that you’re not just speaking out just to speak it but that you’re also feeling the emotion in your body. Yes, August was amazing. 200 people joined Gram Slam I’m so happy. We had the wedding. Laura’s wedding was amazing. I got to see her and Scott get married. And that was a once in a lifetime opportunity. And the love that I felt on that day was just wow, like, feel it. Right. And let me know how it goes. I would absolutely be honored for you to use me as a level of accountability. When you write down your goals for this month, send me a DM on Instagram and just share what are your goals this month. Like I said, guys, this is a community this is a two way conversation between you and me. So when I create all of this content, it’s just so so much fun to hear from you how you experienced it, what like what was it about this podcast that you most liked, but in the case like this, like hearing what your goals are is just so so cool. So please take three minutes to just message me once you’ve done this exercise and let me know what are your goals for this month. Also, I do understand that by the time you’re listening to this, you’re probably a little bit more into the month you’re probably on like, I don’t know, the sixth of the month or something. Don’t beat yourself up like the earlier you can do it in the month, the better. It doesn’t have to be right at the cusp on the first of the month. I just say like within the first week of the month. This is something that’s really productive to do. Okay, guys, that is it. For me today. I want to say a huge thank you for listening to this podcast. I am so happy to be on this podcast journey with you guys. And I just want to say for the millionth time, thank you for listening. Thank you for sharing. Thank you for being on this journey with me. And I am really really excited to talk to you guys again soon. Bye. Thank you so much for listening to today’s episode. If you enjoyed it, I would love for you to give me a shout out on your Instagram story or anywhere. Just letting me know what your biggest takeaway was. You guys have no idea how helpful and useful it is for me when you message me telling me what you’re a home moments were telling me what it is that you took away from the podcast. It helps me understand what is most valuable to you. And it helps me understand how I can be of the highest service to you. So if you could take two minutes to do that, I would really appreciate it. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope to hear from you over on Instagram. You can find me at Alex Beadon, and I will talk to you again very soon. Bye

Oh my gosh, you guys look how amazing this shrimp serata cocktail looks me Beatrice, an avid Instagram Stories user and visionary to her followers. I can’t wait till you guys try this out. Yes, I’m talking to all three of you. Um, all two of you. Well, I guess I’m just here by myself now. Don’t be a basic Beatrice on Instagram. Keep your audience wanting more by learning how to edit your Instagram stories like a pro. Visit www.gram-slam.com and learn these simple free tips that will have your friends impressed with your Instagram Stories for years to come.